PDF - CARL - ABRC
PDF - CARL - ABRC
PDF - CARL - ABRC
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
Meeting oof<br />
the <strong>CARL</strong> Scholarly S Commmunicationss<br />
Committee, , Wednesday May 19, 20100<br />
Present: Lynn Copela and (Chair); PPam<br />
Bjornsoon;<br />
Richard DDumont;<br />
Sylvvie<br />
Delorme; Margaret GGrove;<br />
Margaret Haines; Tho omas Hickerson;<br />
Diane Kooen;<br />
George Maslany; Carole<br />
Moore; Marnie Swanson;<br />
Ernie Inglees<br />
(ex‐officio);<br />
Kathleen Shhearer;<br />
Diegoo<br />
Argáez (Secrretary)<br />
Location: Matrix Hotel l, Edmonton, Alberta, 1:300<br />
pm – 5:00 pm<br />
1. Welcoome<br />
and intro oductions (Lyynn,<br />
5 min)<br />
AGENDA<br />
2. Receipt<br />
of minutes s from previous<br />
meetings (Lynn, 5 min)<br />
3. Business<br />
arising.<br />
3aa.<br />
Institutiona al Repositoriees<br />
Subcommittee<br />
wwork<br />
dispositio on update (Toom,<br />
20 min)<br />
3bb.<br />
SCOM Com mmittee activities<br />
summarry<br />
(All, 20 minnutes)<br />
[ie<br />
business arising<br />
from the<br />
November meeting wheere<br />
it developed a list, and the phone meeting<br />
where it<br />
disassembled<br />
the t IR subcommmittee.]<br />
3cc.<br />
Proposal: <strong>CARL</strong>, C CRKN, aand<br />
SSH Openn<br />
Access<br />
[MMotion<br />
neede ed] (10 minuttes)<br />
4. Subcoommittee<br />
rep ports.<br />
4aa.<br />
Data Mana agement Subccommittee<br />
uppdate<br />
(MMarnie<br />
Swans son) (20 minuutes)<br />
4bb.<br />
Print Conse ervation Subccommittee<br />
uppdate<br />
(MMargaret<br />
Gro ove) (15 minutes)<br />
–ARL collections<br />
repoort<br />
(SSomething<br />
in the ARL repoort<br />
to be exammined<br />
inn<br />
the Canadian<br />
context? QQuestion<br />
for thhe<br />
Committeee.)<br />
5. New bbusiness.<br />
5aa.<br />
OA engage ement strateggy<br />
(Diego, 30 minutes)<br />
5bb.<br />
Journals st takeholder meeting<br />
reportt<br />
(ssponsored<br />
by CALJ, Ottawaa,<br />
March 24, 2010)<br />
(15 minutes)<br />
6. Otherr<br />
business.<br />
6aa.<br />
New Chair for SCOM – rrecommendations<br />
to Boarrd<br />
(10 minutees)<br />
6bb.<br />
Presentatio on: OA research<br />
project (AAndrew<br />
Walleer)<br />
(15 minutees)<br />
documments<br />
1,2<br />
documment<br />
3<br />
documments<br />
4,5,6<br />
documment<br />
7<br />
documments<br />
8,9<br />
documments<br />
10,11,112,13<br />
documments<br />
14,15
6c. Launch of PMC Canada and possible synergies with IRs<br />
7. Reports from the field (if time allows; otherwise left for business meeting)<br />
7a. Canadiana.org (Lynn)<br />
7b. Synergies (Tom, Lynn)<br />
7c. CRKN<br />
7d. SPARC<br />
7e. ARL<br />
8. For information:<br />
8a. SCC work plan 2010 document 16<br />
8b. International Open Access Week (Diego) document 17<br />
8c. University presses study (UBC, Kathleen) document 18
Meeting of the <strong>CARL</strong> Committee on Scholarly Communication<br />
Present: Lynn Copeland (Chair); Charles Bérubé; Pam Bjornson; Richard Dumont; Gwendolyn<br />
Ebbett; Joyce Garnett; Margaret Grove; Margaret Haines; Thomas Hickerson; George Maslany;<br />
Carole Moore; Marnie Swanson; Kathleen Shearer; Diego Argáez (Secretary)<br />
Thursday November 12, 2009, 8:30 am – 11:45 am<br />
Lord Elgin Hotel, Ottawa<br />
Room: Boardroom 200<br />
Regrets: Michael Ridley; Janine Schmidt<br />
1. Welcome and introductions<br />
The minutes from the May 26, 2009, meeting were approved.<br />
2. Business Arising<br />
2.1 BOAI<br />
The Chair mentioned that it would be a good idea to re-affirm <strong>CARL</strong> endorsement for the BOAI.<br />
Moved, and passed at the committee meeting. [Editorial note: The motion was brought to the Fall<br />
General Meeting, and passed.<br />
2.2 PubMed Central Canada update (Pam Bjornson)<br />
Pam Bjornson reported that there was a soft launch during International Open Access Week (Oct<br />
19-23) for PubMed Central Canada. PMC Canada has been getting 3000-4000 hits/day. There<br />
are 1.4 million articles in the database; deposits are done via publisher agreements and author<br />
submissions. The contents are Indexed and crawled by Google, and OAI functionality for<br />
metadata harvesting has also been built in. CIHR is doing the press coverage for PMC Canada<br />
The quality assurance process (including peer-review) for PMC Canada is very strong. The<br />
National Library of Medicine negotiated deposit agreements/processes with publishers. Many<br />
Canadian health researchers can’t archive post-prints to PMC because they don’t have NIH<br />
funding. It will support CIHR and it’s OA policy as well. Dual submission article manuscript<br />
deposit is possible – PMC Canada, and then to an IR.<br />
2.3 SCOAP3<br />
Document 1<br />
The Committee held extensive discussions two meetings ago on this proposed business model.<br />
The Board asked CRKN to negotiate. More institutions have signed on in the U.S. in particular.<br />
SPARC suggests an endorsement in principle for SCOAP3 from <strong>CARL</strong> would be valuable. It’s<br />
based from the scholarly community, and it is important for <strong>CARL</strong> to support the principle involved<br />
– support for broad public access (free) to research outputs.<br />
1
Document 1<br />
The question was asked of what endorsement from <strong>CARL</strong> mean? In-principle endorsement<br />
doesn’t bind <strong>CARL</strong> to anything in particular. [<strong>CARL</strong> letter had about 8 or 9 caveats – e.g. the<br />
pricing shouldn’t go up; Canada can pull the plug if <strong>CARL</strong> deems it an unpalatable product.]<br />
Endorsement in principle another thing that helps the libraries keep a high profile in Open Access.<br />
A Motion for <strong>CARL</strong> support of SCOAP3 was raised. Passed.<br />
The Canadian contribution would be negotiated through CRKN. The letter from the BOARD did<br />
not commit individual institutions to anything as far as subscriptions go. The Committee members<br />
agreed that there needs to be a different kind of response – one of being supportive of an<br />
academic community’s efforts to achieve OA. Caveats were included in the original letter to<br />
CRKN; reiterating them in an endorsement in principle would water it down.<br />
3. Discussion of the new <strong>CARL</strong> Committee structure,<br />
Many proposed activities in the revised <strong>CARL</strong> Strategic Plan fall under the OA theme. The<br />
Committee considered the following questions: What are the short, and mid-term goals of the<br />
Committee; can’t do everything. What are the highest priorities to put the Committee’s efforts to?<br />
The following points were raised:<br />
Transforming Scholarly communication; OA issues; Influence legislation; advocacy with<br />
the granting councils; maintain <strong>CARL</strong> momentum there; Open Access advocacy – e.g.<br />
there isn’t an equivalent of SPARC in Canada; need to keep up the pressure; need some<br />
champions; foster Tri-Council mandates; Institutional mandates have to be perceived as<br />
grass-roots<br />
Research Data management; Research teams – e.g. embedding the librarians<br />
Digitization – Canadiana.org; <strong>CARL</strong> support of; <strong>CARL</strong> started CIHM, and AlouetteCanada<br />
Multimedia/Digital Collections ; creating digital media from any media – e.g. old, new<br />
media, born-digital; not just retrospective, rather any media to build the digital collections<br />
of the future<br />
Embedding the library in the research enterprise, and the librarians’ specific roles to<br />
support researchers<br />
Preserving print / physical collections; <strong>CARL</strong> should identify the role in can play in that<br />
area – a leadership/coordinating role; there’s a lot going on regionally, so there is value in<br />
bringing some national perspective for this issue<br />
Less cumbersome orphan works regime for Public Policy Committee rather than SCOM<br />
Supporting Granting agencies; key drivers of OA-related change; that’s where a lot of<br />
ground will be won in support of OA; they need to sense that they have support from their<br />
communities<br />
Great opportunities to work with the University presses to explore library partnerships<br />
with, and new business/access models; narrow window of opportunity the libraries must<br />
quickly act on<br />
Votes and Institutional mandates; have to be a matter of behaviour among faculty, rather<br />
than just a matter of principle<br />
Institutional Repositories<br />
How many faculties/departments have OA mandates; suggest keeping track of in some<br />
form; regarding IRs, do we have the capacity to respond to enthusiastic, large-scale<br />
faculty uptake when that happens?<br />
The Data Management Sub-Committee will take up the matter of Data mgt, and SCOM will<br />
continue to rely on them for that<br />
2
For the matter of print preservation, a sub-committee or working group can be formed to explore<br />
possibilities for <strong>CARL</strong>; a certain amount of resources would have to allocated to this; it stands<br />
apart from some of the other activities identified for SCOM – e.g. it doesn’t have the synergistic<br />
properties that OA, Data Mgt, IRs, Digitization, etc have. That said, not everything is going to be<br />
digital, and there are scholars who require materials in their original formats for their research.<br />
It was suggested that the Committee draw up a matrix or conceptual model organized by<br />
audiences the various issues address: Gov’t; Granting Councils; Research Community; University<br />
Presses; Regional Groups; Librarians<br />
Some of the discussion’s key points:<br />
OA activities remain a top priority<br />
Data Mgt<br />
Digital Collections<br />
Roles of librarians in the research enterprise; integration of library services in the<br />
research lifecycle<br />
Preserving physical collections<br />
Recommendation from the Committee: Physical preservation should be taken care of by a<br />
working group, Margaret Grove could Chair, Brent Roe can be on it too.<br />
Regarding University presses: Ingrid Parent (UBC) is interested in continuing the dialog Peter<br />
Ward started with the Nov 2008 library / university presses symposium. Another meeting has<br />
been planned with inclusion of the UBC Provost. There are smaller presses/entities in Canadian<br />
universities that have similar issues aligned with monographs, and there are links to Synergies.<br />
<strong>CARL</strong> should explore the relationship between libraries and the University presses. [The last<br />
Ithaka report had some interesting ideas: http://www.arl.org/bm~doc/current-models-report.pdf ]<br />
Action item: Research report on what the various university presses are doing, and<br />
collaborative opportunities. Looking at the Ithaka report, what’s going on in Canada that<br />
parallels it. Ryam Crow’s SPARC report useful in that regard as well.<br />
Action item: Proposals for an OA Advocacy Strategy with the Funding Councils and<br />
Government – e.g. Industry Canada. Go to funding agencies, and Industry Canada, and<br />
contact politicians. Engaging the Ministries is a way in as well. Support for OA in the<br />
Natural Sciences lags behind the Health Sciences, but there are advocates in the former<br />
community. Researchers in the field are making the case for the value of broad<br />
accessibility for research; a way of improving recognition internationally for Canadian<br />
research. The other side is the political; if the public paid for it, it should get access to it.<br />
It’s about publicly funded research dissemination. The taxpayers own this research in a<br />
fashion.<br />
Digitization / Canadiana.org<br />
Document 1<br />
Action item : Research report: Where is Canada with respects to what was proposed in<br />
CDIS – What is the state of national digitization activities in Canada? Review the CDIS.<br />
3
4. IR and Data Management Subcommittee Reports to SCOM.<br />
IRs<br />
At the Confederation of Open Access Repositories (COAR) founding meeting, <strong>CARL</strong> was a<br />
founding member. Kathleen Shearer represented <strong>CARL</strong>. This is a good place for <strong>CARL</strong> to have a<br />
seat at the table.<br />
The IRs Chair pointed out that the Sub-Committee will work on the following projects:<br />
The IRs Sub-Committee will continue to develop a Communication Strategy for<br />
CIHR<br />
Concerning the Simple Web-service Offering Repository Deposit (SWORD)<br />
application, the Sub-Committee will develop it further for Canadian IRs.<br />
IR Statistics Survey<br />
User services for aggregated content ; publications from IPY a good test bed<br />
Participation at the upcoming ETD conference – May 10-11 at Carleton<br />
University<br />
Joint work with Data Mgt Sub-Committee<br />
Data Management<br />
The Chair of this Sub-Committee reported that 3 of 4 activities have been; the fourth will be<br />
completed by the end of December. The Data Management Awareness Toolkit; prepared by<br />
Kathleen has been revised. The French text needs vetting; 50 copies were printed to hand out at<br />
the November 12 program featuring Richard (Rick) Luce’s keynote address.<br />
There was a very successful pilot workshop at Carleton; over 40 participants; a working group is<br />
recommended to develop further and the workshop and replicate it.<br />
Another brochure will be developed – a condensed version of the Data Management Awareness<br />
Toolkit as a leave behind item.<br />
The Data Management Sub-Committee is also Recommending to the Board, setting up a joint<br />
meeting with CUCCIO.<br />
MOTION: Create a Data Mgt/IR WG to review current practices for data set ingestion in IRs.<br />
PASSED.<br />
5. OA models study<br />
Document 1<br />
Currently, there are no well established assessment criteria for supporting OA journals, such as<br />
those that have been developed in the subscription environment. Is there interest by the<br />
committee in <strong>CARL</strong> developing such criteria? SPARC has recently published "Income Models for<br />
Supporting Open Access", which includes a list of models on the supply side (publishers) and the<br />
demand side (libraries). This guide may be of interest to committee members and could be used<br />
4
as the first step in developing a set of assessment criteria for libraries to determine which OA<br />
journals they will financially support.<br />
This item was deferred for the time being.<br />
6. Proposal for discussion - That <strong>CARL</strong> recommend to CRKN to allocate specific funds to<br />
support Open Access.<br />
CRKN plays a role in helping to transform scholarly communication; what else should it do to<br />
support Open Access? Motion: recommend to Board, that it encourage CRKN to explore<br />
opportunities to support OA. Motion Passed.<br />
There has to be a revenue stream to support OA; we have to choose to support certain products<br />
over others that do provide OA.<br />
7. Congress 2010 in Montreal<br />
One of the themes of Congress this year is open access. There are three separate sessions<br />
planned: (1) a keynote by Robert Darnton, (2) a panel of OA journal business models by CALJ,<br />
and (3) a panel about the benefits of OA in the developing world. <strong>CARL</strong> is being asked to sponsor<br />
the third event. Leslie Chan will moderate the panel and the speakers will be developing world<br />
researchers who can articulate the potential impact of OA on their work.<br />
Theme “Connected Understanding”<br />
Congress and Concordia are looking for sponsorship – they need 9000, and have already<br />
received 3000 from an anonymous donor. Some in-kind support is needed to organize the panel<br />
– contacting speakers and organizing their travel and accommodations. This is the biggest<br />
audience to promote OA to in Canada. Concordia Staff could handle travel arrangements, <strong>CARL</strong><br />
can help identify speakers.<br />
The Committee recommends that the Board go ahead with sponsoring this.<br />
8. Discussion of International Open Access Week – e.g. What worked? What didn’t?<br />
Office to follow up - ask for input by e-mail what worked, what didn’t work as well, etc.<br />
9. Create Change Canada – Ideas for more Canadian content www.createchangecanada.ca<br />
Office to follow up.<br />
10. Reports from the field<br />
Canadiana.org<br />
Synergies<br />
CRKN<br />
COAR<br />
ARL<br />
SPARC<br />
Document 1<br />
[Editorial note: Covered at the second general business meeting on Friday.]<br />
5
Document 1<br />
11. New Business<br />
11.1 International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature<br />
(input needed for archiving and electronic publication)<br />
Office to follow up; send the email out on <strong>CARL</strong>-L.<br />
The meeting adjourned at 11:45. The next meeting will take place at the call of the Chair.<br />
6
Minutes of the <strong>CARL</strong> Scholarly Communications Committee held by teleconference, Monday March 15,<br />
2010, at 1:00 pm Eastern time<br />
Present: Lynn Copeland (Chair), Pam Bjornson, Richard Dumont, Margaret Haines, Thomas Hickerson,<br />
Diane Koen, Carole Moore, George Maslany, Marnie Swanson, Brent Roe, Kathleen Shearer, Diego<br />
Argáez (Secretary)<br />
Regrets: Sylvie Delorme, Ernie Ingles, John Teskey<br />
Document 2<br />
The Chair welcomed the committee members to the meeting, and added two items to the agenda, the<br />
matter of appointing a new Chair for the Committee and a recommendation she recently made to the board.<br />
Scholarly Journals Stakeholder Meeting (March 24, Ottawa)<br />
The Canadian Association of Learned Journals(CALJ) is sponsoring this meeting to which members of the<br />
research community, libraries and granting agencies have been invited. A draft Synergies report prepared<br />
by Rowland Lorrimer (SFU) is available. SCOM suggestions for further input are welcome; Lynn will<br />
distribute the report to the SCC listserv. [Done]<br />
Recommendation to the Board, possible <strong>CARL</strong> proposal to CRKN<br />
The Chair had recently recommended to the Board a possible proposal <strong>CARL</strong> could make to CRKN, similar<br />
to SCOAP3, for Canadian Social Sciences and Humanities journals. A committee could be struck to<br />
undertake and oversee the project. It would be important to establish, early on, that participating libraries<br />
must not be disadvantaged with journal price increases. The money currently spent on SS and H journals<br />
that receives public money, would go to financing an aggregate OA business model for those journals.<br />
The Chair asked whether there is SCC support for such an undertaking. The Committee was of the<br />
opinion that this is a good proposal. It was noted that both Board and Committee support could help<br />
give <strong>CARL</strong> participants at the upcoming Scholarly Journal Stakeholder meeting in Ottawa some additional<br />
direction in terms of their input. An OA transformation should not translate into an increase in library<br />
expenditures. With respects to publicly funded research , we need to think holistically about a library and<br />
granting agency spending; there needs to be a holistic deal – decoupled from CRKN. It was noted that<br />
many CALJ journals are not so easily transferred to OA - so it could be a question of targeting a particular<br />
subset of those journals for an OA conversion.<br />
1
Concerning the stakeholders' common concerns, it was pointed out that the draft agenda reflects some<br />
very broad concerns. There will be many different points of view at the meeting. <strong>CARL</strong> should know what it<br />
is that it sees to its advantage. The question was asked whether one can anticipate publisher push- back.<br />
That could likely be part of the meeting as there are for profit and cost-recovery players who will be<br />
attending the Scholarly Journals Stakeholder Meeting. The Association should aim for consistency in<br />
supporting OA. It was suggested that library and public funding (including granting agencies, and CRKN) be<br />
devoted to fostering OA - that it help move in that direction as a general principle.<br />
<strong>CARL</strong> Open Access Engagement Strategy<br />
Document 2<br />
The Committee members agreed that the actions proposed in the draft summary document are good<br />
ideas. It was mentioned that an OA briefing paper and subsequent documentation mention open digital<br />
repositories rather than institutional repositories. It should draw attention to PubMed Central Canada, and<br />
touch upon International initiatives such as COAR.<br />
The strategy needs to target a handful of communities - policy makers, researchers, libraries, etc. – and that<br />
should also be reflected in a briefing paper.<br />
ACTION : the <strong>CARL</strong> Office will begin work on this, and report back to the Committee at the Spring meeting<br />
in Edmonton.<br />
Incorporation of IRs Sub-committee into Scholarly Communications Committee<br />
It was proposed that the IRs Sub-Committee be rolled into the <strong>CARL</strong> Scholarly Communications<br />
Sub-committee. Another suggestion was that the IR and Data Management Sub-committees be combined<br />
into one sub-committee. Committee members were in agreement that this is beneficial, insofar as the<br />
sub-committee members can move together in the same direction in developing an e-science agenda. The<br />
Terms of Reference would have to reflect the new shared goals and structure.<br />
MOTION: Combine both sub-committees, with new title and mandate. CARRIED<br />
Work of the IRs / Data Sub-committees – dataset ingestion, and services survey<br />
With respects to IR's and data, the proposed activities are relevant. For the work in data management there<br />
is an additional $1000.00 (Workshop in conjunction with DLI training in spring 2010)<br />
Invitation for <strong>CARL</strong> to Sponsor two digital preservation pre-conference sessions (CLA) – June 2<br />
(LAC/CLA in Edmonton), June 8 (ACA in Halifax)<br />
Ernie Ingles has taken a presidential decision to help out at $2500. This money can be directed to the ACA.<br />
it's not two sponsorships , rather two workshops put on by LAC. <strong>CARL</strong> will be specially noted as a sponsor<br />
of this event.<br />
2
DART Europe (ETDs partnership between European research libraries and consortia; <strong>CARL</strong><br />
collaboration/synergies with?)<br />
<strong>CARL</strong> will keep a watching brief .<br />
ACTION: The <strong>CARL</strong> Office will look into this further and report back to the Committee.<br />
<strong>CARL</strong> Sponsorship of Congress OA session in May at Concordia<br />
<strong>CARL</strong> is contributing $2500 (taken from the '09 budget). Kathleen is the session planner commissioned by<br />
Concordia. Three sessions are planned:<br />
Robert Darnton (Harvard’s Library Director) is confirmed to speak.<br />
A panel about open access at universities: confirmed are Michael Geist, John Willinsky, Gerald Beasley,<br />
and Heather Joseph.<br />
A panel about open access and the developing world: so far, the Executive Director of the Libraries at the<br />
University of South Africa is coming, but others are being sought. Leslie Chan will be the convenor.<br />
ETDs Conference in May at Carleton<br />
At least 14 people will participate in an IRs managers’ meeting on March 12; it's not just an ETDs meeting,<br />
rather discussions will be about open digital repositories.<br />
COAR & Open Repositories Meeting in Spain<br />
COAR’s first annual meeting took place on March 2, 2010. Membership up to 36 (from 24)institutions.<br />
Membership fees were settled. The COAR work plan was discussed, and Kathleen Shearer made<br />
recommendations on behalf of <strong>CARL</strong>. A fuller is forthcoming (it will be sent out on the Committee listserv)<br />
New Chair for the Scholarly Communications Committee<br />
Names can be sent to current chair, who will follow up with the nominee(s) and make recommendation to<br />
board.<br />
The meeting was adjourned at 2pm.<br />
Document 2<br />
3
Document 3<br />
<strong>CARL</strong> Institutional Repositories Program<br />
Report to SCOM, May 2010<br />
1. Future of the IR Subcommittee<br />
The IR Working Group was formed in 2002 by Jean-Pierre Coté (Université de Montréal). The<br />
original aim of the Working Group was to assist members in building and populating their<br />
institutional repositories. In 2002, there were only 3 IRs in Canada, and now in 2010, almost all<br />
<strong>CARL</strong> member libraries have an IR. The Working Group has accomplished a lot for <strong>CARL</strong> and the<br />
Canadian repository community. It has served as a focal point for monitoring developments with<br />
repositories, and has increased the visibility of <strong>CARL</strong> and repositories through advocacy and<br />
promotion activities. In addition, the IRWG has undertaken the following activities since 2002:<br />
With SFU, developed and implemented the <strong>CARL</strong> Harvester<br />
With Creative Commons, adapted the CC license for Canada<br />
Initiated the development of the Metadata Profile for Institutional Repositories in order to<br />
standardize repository metadata<br />
Developed the “Greater Reach for your Research” brochure (in conjunction with SPARC)<br />
With CISTI, assessed the SWORD protocol (a protocol that will enable simultaneous deposit<br />
into IRs and PMC Canada)<br />
Organized three meetings of repository managers (including one on May 12, 2010)<br />
Undertook a review of content recruitment strategies for Canadian repositories<br />
Annually, undertook a survey of institutional repositories in Canada<br />
Undertook an assessment of usage statistics methods in repositories<br />
Put on a program about repositories at the <strong>CARL</strong> AGM with all three funding councils<br />
participating<br />
Recommended that <strong>CARL</strong> join the Confederation of Open Access Repositories<br />
It is being proposed that the IR Subcommittee be disbanded and the current activities be<br />
distributed amongst the SCOM and the Data Management Subcommittee. While there is still work<br />
to be done, particularly in the areas of populating IRs and developing value added services, it is<br />
felt that this work can be effectively pursued and overseen via these two other venues. The<br />
motivation for the change is to better integrate the activities related to IRs and ensure that they<br />
contribute to the larger <strong>CARL</strong> Scholarly Communications enterprise.<br />
2. Meeting of IR Managers in May 12, 2010<br />
<strong>CARL</strong> organized a meeting of librarians working with IRs in conjunction with the ETD-Open<br />
Repositories Conference at Carleton University in Ottawa. The theme of the meeting was “Adding<br />
value to repositories through collaboration”. The first half of the meeting involved a roundtable at<br />
which each participant had the opportunity to talk about their individual projects and discuss<br />
challenges with each other. For the second part of the meeting, participants were asked to<br />
contribute their ideas about possible collaborative services for Canadian repositories that would<br />
add value to repositories in general. The meeting was attended by over 25 people from across the<br />
country. A more detailed report of the meeting will be available soon.<br />
3. Confederation of Open Access Repositories<br />
On October 21, <strong>CARL</strong> became a founding member of the Confederation of Open Access<br />
Repositories (COAR). COAR is an international association of organizations with a common
Document 3<br />
strategic interest in open access. COAR evolved out of a European project called the Digital<br />
Repository Infrastructure Vision for European Research (DRIVER) in consultation with the<br />
international repository community.<br />
The COAR General Assembly was held in March 2010 and was attended by Kathleen Shearer on<br />
behalf of <strong>CARL</strong>. The membership has increased by 22 organizations since October and now has<br />
46 members and 3 partners from around the world. Members include individual<br />
libraries/universities, federations, associations, government funders, and research organizations.<br />
New members of interest include CERN, the Coalition of Networked Information (CNI) and OCLC-<br />
and the partners are LIBER, Microsoft and BioMed Central. Membership fees for 2010 will be<br />
2500 €.<br />
The AGM agreed on the following objectives for the organization:<br />
1. Promote the role of OA repositories and raise their profile / Be the strategic partner of regional,<br />
national and international OA initiatives as a representative/authoritative voice<br />
2. Collect, assemble and disseminate best practices for the inception, operation and growth of<br />
OA repositories<br />
3. Facilitate the discussion on the interoperability among OA repositories and as part of a wider<br />
e-Infrastructure<br />
4. Support regional and national repository initiatives / Promote the repository manager<br />
profession<br />
5. Promote the concept, design and implementation of an OA information commons (incl. the<br />
question whether COAR should provide concrete services, such as the (meta-) Data Store)<br />
Working groups populated by members will undertake the work of COAR based on these<br />
objectives.<br />
The Advisory Council will be identified at the next AGM. It was agreed that the council be based<br />
on regional and stakeholder representation. The Chair proposed that Canada has a<br />
representative on the Advisory Council.<br />
A more detailed report of the COAR AGM is attached as an Appendix.<br />
4. SPARC Digital Repositories Conference<br />
Kathleen Shearer was invited to be a member of the program committee for the conference. She<br />
has been working to help develop the program for the Conference, define the scope of the<br />
session, and identify appropriate speakers. She has been asked to work specifically on the Open<br />
Data session. The other sessions are Repository-based Publishing Services, Global Repository<br />
Networks, and Making the Case for Financial Sustainability. The conference will be held on<br />
November 8 & 9, 2010 in Baltimore, MD.
Document 3<br />
The Confederation of Open Access Repositories<br />
Report of the Annual General Meeting. March 2, 2010<br />
By Kathleen Shearer<br />
Members<br />
COAR now has 46 members and 3 partners from around the world. This is an increase of 22<br />
organizations since the organization was formed in October 2009. Members include individual<br />
libraries/universities, federations, associations, government funders, and research organizations.<br />
New members of note are CERN, the Coalition of Networked Information (CNI) and OCLC- and<br />
new partners include LIBER, Microsoft and BioMed Central.<br />
A full list of members is included at the end of the report.<br />
Activities to Date<br />
The Executive Board and the COAR Office initialized the design of the COAR logo, a flyer,<br />
and a temporary website.<br />
The Executive Board and the COAR Office have had multiple communications with<br />
interested parties, but not an explicit membership campaign yet. COAR was presented to<br />
various organizations, for example to CLARA, SPARC Europe, LIBER etc.<br />
Preparation of the General Assembly.<br />
Kathleen Shearer of <strong>CARL</strong> prepared a submission to the White House Office of Science<br />
and Technology Policy (OSTP) consultation of open access on behalf of COAR.<br />
Work Plan 2010-2011<br />
Several members of COAR, including Kathleen Shearer from <strong>CARL</strong>, were asked to present ideas<br />
for one objective in the work plan. After the presentations, it became clear that there was a lot of<br />
overlap between the various objectives. The objectives were re-worked by a small working group<br />
and voted in by a majority of members. The final work plan objectives are as follows:<br />
1. Promote the role of OA repositories and raise their profile / Be the strategic partner of regional,<br />
national and international OA initiatives as a representative/authoritative voice<br />
2. Collect, assemble and disseminate best practices for the inception, operation and growth of<br />
OA repositories<br />
3. Facilitate the discussion on the interoperability among OA repositories and as part of a wider<br />
e-Infrastructure<br />
4. Support regional and national repository initiatives / Promote the repository manager<br />
profession<br />
5. Promote the concept, design and implementation of an OA information commons (incl. the<br />
question whether COAR should provide concrete services, such as the (meta-) Data Store)<br />
Membership Fees<br />
The general assembly voted for the following membership fees for 2010:<br />
Single Full membership: 2500 €<br />
Basic group membership: 2.500 € plus 500 € for each additional member (group
Document 3<br />
memberships have one vote, but represent more than one organization)<br />
Invoices for 2010 for COAR will be sent out within April 2010. For 2011 the General Assembly will<br />
discuss the membership fees for 2011ff.<br />
Working Groups<br />
Working groups (WG) will undertake most of the work of COAR and will be populated by<br />
members. The working groups will be formed based on the 5 objectives identified in the work<br />
plan. Groups will be established soon and members were encouraged to volunteer to one or<br />
more working groups.<br />
Advisory Council<br />
It was proposed that the criteria for the setting up the Advisory Council should be based on<br />
regional and stakeholder representation. It also may include the working group leaders. The<br />
advisory council will be determined at the next meeting, but the initial proposal by Norbert Lossau<br />
is as follows:<br />
Regional representation: JP (Syun Tutiya), CH (Xiaolin Zhang), US (Clifford Lynch), Canada<br />
(?), Latin-America (Martha Giraldo), Europe (?), More regions?<br />
Stakeholder representation: funders, libraries/institutions in developing countries, repository<br />
platform providers, technical/infrastructure/service providers, industry, researchers could be<br />
represented by subject repositories<br />
Members:?JISC, ?FECYT, ?FCCN, Rima Kupryte eIFL, DuraSpace/e-prints, SURF, Microsoft<br />
(Tony Hey)<br />
Next Meeting<br />
Six months in advance, the Executive Board will propose a location and date for the next meeting.
List of COAR Members (As of April 8, 2010)<br />
Document 3<br />
Members<br />
Association for Learning Technology (ALT), ALT Repository<br />
Canadian Association of Research Libraries (<strong>CARL</strong>)<br />
National Science Library, Chinese Academy of Sciences (CAS)<br />
The European Organization for Nuclear Research (CERN)<br />
Coalition for Networked Information (CNI)<br />
Cooperación Latino Americana de Redes Avanzadas (CLARA)<br />
Italian National Research Council (CNR), Institute of Information Science and Technologies<br />
Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Cientificas (CISC)<br />
Consorcio Madroño<br />
Denmarks’s Electronic Research Library (DEFF) on behalf of the Danish Agency for Libraries and<br />
Media<br />
Digital Repository Federation Japan (DRF)<br />
eIFL.net<br />
Fundação para a Computação Científica Nacional (FCCN)<br />
Fundación Española para la Ciencia y la Tecnología (FECYT)<br />
Joint Information Systems Committee (JISC) on behalf of the Higher Education Funding Council<br />
for England (HEFCE)<br />
Institute of Mathematics an Informatics - Bulgarian Academy of Sciences<br />
Kungliga Biblioteket, Stockholm<br />
Koninklijke Bibliotheek, The Hague<br />
Library of the Hungarian Academy of Sciencs / Tudományos Akadémia Könyvtára<br />
Ministerio de Ciencia, Tecnología e Innovación Productiva (MinCyT)<br />
My Open Archive<br />
National Institute of Informatics (NII)<br />
NORA on behalf of the University of Tromsø<br />
National and University Library of Slovenia (NUK)<br />
Online Computer Library Center (OCLC)<br />
Red Nacional Académica de Tecnología Avanzada (RENATA)<br />
Sächsische Landesbibliothek - Staats- und Universitätsbibliothek Dresden<br />
SPARC Europe<br />
SURF<br />
Technische Universiteit Delft<br />
University of Arizona<br />
National and Kapodistrian University of Athens<br />
Humboldt-Universitaet zu Berlin<br />
University of Bielefeld<br />
University of Debrecen<br />
Universiteit Gent<br />
Georg-August-Universität Göttingen<br />
Universität Konstanz<br />
Universidade do Minho<br />
Universidad Nacional de Educación a Distancia (UNED)<br />
University of Nottingham<br />
Universidade dp Porto<br />
University of Regensburg<br />
Universidad del Rosario<br />
University of Stuttgart<br />
Uniwersytet Warszawski, Interdisciplinary Centre for Mathematical and Computational Modelling
(ICM)<br />
Document 3<br />
Partners<br />
Ligue des Bibliothèques Européennes de Recherche (LIBER)<br />
Microsoft Research<br />
Open Repository - BioMed Central
Document 4<br />
<strong>CARL</strong>, CRKN, and Social Sciences and Humanities Open Access: a proposal<br />
Lynn Copeland<br />
April 15, 2010<br />
<strong>CARL</strong> was an original signatory of the Budapest Open Access Initiative and continues to support these principles.<br />
Lacking a SPARC Canada, Canadian library engagement in open access activities is most closely identified with <strong>CARL</strong>;<br />
nevertheless, there are libraries in the wider academic community who are also interested in and eager to participate in<br />
these initiatives, particularly where the institution has an active research agenda. As the primary negotiator of licences for<br />
commercial research content for research libraries, with representation from the major regional and national groups,<br />
CRKN should also play a role in moving this agenda forward. Increasingly, individual libraries also host or otherwise<br />
support research journals. In some cases, organizations such as OCUL play a key coordinating role for their constituents.<br />
On the content provision side of this equation are a number of directly or potentially involved organizations. SSHRC<br />
provides funding for SSH journals which meet certain criteria and has provided seed money to encourage journals to<br />
move to publishing in electronic format and toward open access. The granting agencies provide funding for publishing of<br />
research results as part of their grants. CALJ is a membership organization of Canadian academic journals, many but not<br />
all of which are also SSHRC journals (see the accompanying Excel spreadsheet, Appendix 1). Synergies has undertaken as<br />
part of its mandate to develop a business model. As the central organization of scholarly and other SSH associations in<br />
Canada, CFHSS (‘FedCan’) is potentially a key partner. Individual institutions provide differing levels of support for<br />
research journals through author fees to open access journals (libraries) and through institutional direct funding to key<br />
journals either published at the institution or for which faculty play a specific role such as editor in chief, or of direct<br />
interest to faculty at the university. Individual scholarly associations often publish peer reviewed journals which are<br />
distributed free or at a discount to members.<br />
This is a complex series of interlocking relationships and responsibilities. In order to bring together the resources and<br />
expertise of these diverse groups, it is necessary to develop a simple relationship model which takes into account the<br />
needs and responsibilities of all players. As a first step for libraries, this proposal focuses on the roles and responsibilities<br />
which <strong>CARL</strong> and CRKN might play, building on the role each has played in the broader context.<br />
<strong>CARL</strong> has been a leader in initiating and championing initiatives to support scholarly communication and research in<br />
Canada, beginning with CIHM in the 1970s and including the initial development of CLNSP, now CRKN. It has a long<br />
history of working partnerships with organizations such as SSHRC, FedCan, SPARC and ARL. Its agenda has long<br />
included support for open access scholarly publishing in various forms. For the most part, rather than engaging in<br />
specific projects, it has provided the visionary leadership to move these projects forward through entities such as CRKN<br />
and Canadiana.org. <strong>CARL</strong> can play a central role in adopting the principles relating to this initiative and encouraging<br />
other organizations to move them forward, both from within the organizations per se and as a facilitator of action among<br />
diverse players.<br />
CRKN has been a leader in negotiating licences for commercial product, and has supported open access in a limited way.<br />
For example, the arrangement with Erudit is a relationship with an entity with limited open access mandate. Working<br />
through the NRT, CRKN has been successful at negotiating advantageous prices for a wide variety of materials, for the<br />
most part transitioning existing expenditures and CFI funding to expand the range of materials available to about 70<br />
libraries in Canadian institutions with a research mandate.<br />
Support for open access does not easily fit into the NRT model. Nor is there enthusiasm among all CRKN members to<br />
allocate resources from their collection budgets toward this end; the value of open access is not as apparent as the savings
and increased content achieved through NRT negotiations. This suggests that a new subcommittee within CRKN be<br />
struck to develop models and principles for open access support, within a framework similar to that which <strong>CARL</strong><br />
developed in relationship to the SCOAP3 proposal. As a starting point, the principles might include:<br />
Support for open access initiatives should be opt in/out beyond the first year<br />
Individual libraries should spend no more for the specific OA content during the first year than the<br />
corresponding subscription with a reasonable increase thereafter<br />
Beyond the first year, cost to individual participating libraries should not increase to cover the non‐participation<br />
of libraries which opt out<br />
Document 4<br />
No library should lose access to its current collection because of any particular initiative.<br />
As a first step in moving toward these goals, it is proposed that <strong>CARL</strong> take the lead in bringing this vision to fruition by<br />
proposing and even sponsoring such a CRKN initiative, bringing other key players to table during the process.
All identifiable Cdn. SSH journals**<br />
Erudit 90<br />
Project Muse 20<br />
SSHRC 161<br />
CALJ 114<br />
SSHRC and CALJ 73<br />
SSHRC and Erudit 40<br />
CALJ and Erudit 24<br />
SSHRC and CALJ and Erudit 21<br />
SSHRC, not in online package, not OA 62<br />
CALJ, not in online package, not OA 62<br />
SSHRC and CALJ, not in online package, not OA 33<br />
Online or package or OA 203<br />
Still to be converted 298<br />
Notes:<br />
Document 5<br />
* Some may actually be online (eg Archivaria)<br />
** Includes SSHRC, CALJ, Erudit, EBSCO Cdn jls<br />
**Some EBSCO Cdn titles are not scholarly peer reviewed journals
Document 6<br />
Outline – Synergies Business and Sustainability Plan Rowland Lorimer 1 of 11<br />
Outline – Synergies Business and Sustainability Plan<br />
Outline – Synergies Business and Sustainability Plan .................................................................................... 1<br />
Executive Summary: ...................................................................................................................................... 1<br />
Synergies in a Global Nutshell ....................................................................................................................... 2<br />
The Changing Nature of Scholarly Communication ...................................................................................... 2<br />
Synergies Specifics ......................................................................................................................................... 3<br />
From Services to Catalyst ............................................................................................................................... 4<br />
Current Realities in Scholarly Communication: An Environmental Scan ...................................................... 5<br />
Emerging Technological Capacity of the Synergies Project .......................................................................... 6<br />
Reorganization of Financial Support .............................................................................................................. 6<br />
Addressing Organizational Challenges in Support of Journal Publishing ...................................................... 7<br />
SSHRC support .......................................................................................................................................... 7<br />
University, research institute, and learned society support ........................................................................ 7<br />
Library participation as users and hosts ..................................................................................................... 7<br />
Journal participation .................................................................................................................................. 8<br />
A Committee for the Restructuring of Scholarly Communication in Canada ................................................ 8<br />
The NSSHRC 3 Mandate ................................................................................................................................. 8<br />
NSSHRC 3 Membership and Operations ......................................................................................................... 9<br />
A Proposed Agenda for Negotiations ........................................................................................................... 10<br />
Executive Summary:<br />
This document outlines a framework for the creation of an accessible electronic<br />
repository of Canadian social science and humanities research with specific emphasis on<br />
the adaptation of scholarly journals to current and future technological changes in journal<br />
publishing, dissemination, and access. It outlines the nature of the Synergies project and<br />
the organizational changes needed to take full advantage of the catalytic potential<br />
inherent in Synergies initiatives. The paper concludes with a proposed for moving<br />
forward.<br />
Digital realities provide enormous opportunity for research dissemination; however,<br />
achieving the full benefits of those realities requires a reorganization of the publishing<br />
infrastructure inclusive of both production and consumption. By encouraging journals to<br />
shift to electronic media as a primary means of dissemination, and by extending the roles<br />
of libraries to include electronic publishing services and universal access, a public system<br />
can be created that will maximize service to the research community and the general<br />
public.<br />
A key component of that research dissemination system is Synergies, a national research<br />
platform representing a $12 million investment by federal and provincial agencies in<br />
collaboration with a number of universities. Synergies offers world-recognized journal<br />
publishing software and a national database of Canadian social science and humanities<br />
research complete with query tools that have the potential to make Canadian social<br />
science and humanities research publicly available, worldwide.<br />
To achieve the goal of worldwide public access to Canadian SSH research requires<br />
oncerted action by stakeholders and the re-allocation of existing funding. It requires the<br />
continuation of SSHRC support; a slight enhancement of support provided by universities<br />
to resident journals; continued support of journal publishing by scholarly societies and<br />
5/5/10 1 of 11
Outline – Synergies Business and Sustainability Plan Rowland Lorimer 2 of 11<br />
other owners; participation by libraries as hosts for online journals; a transformation of<br />
library support from the purchase of subscriptions to direct support; and a conversion of<br />
the primary published product from print to online media.<br />
The key challenges are three. The first is to provide a fair and adequate flow of funds to<br />
journals in a manner that ensures their long-term survival. The second is the<br />
transformation of support by university libraries from subscriptions to access- and usagebased<br />
support. The third is to create an appropriate organization of hosting and related<br />
support services that is cost effective and respects the institutional relationships that<br />
various universities have with journals.<br />
Synergies in a Global Nutshell<br />
Synergies is a dynamic and evolving national digital publishing platform, index, and<br />
repository of peer-reviewed journal content and other research literature. Once in<br />
operation, Synergies will quickly emerge as a crucial foundation of both production and<br />
access to Canadian social science sciences and humanities (SSH) research for the<br />
foreseeable future. Synergies will also act as a contributing repository of Canadian SSH<br />
research to the sum of SSH research and knowledge worldwide. Synergies assists<br />
journals and monograph publishers, universities and conference organizers,<br />
throughThrough provision of publishing and access platforms that facilitate manuscript<br />
management, peer review, publishing of research, and nultifaceted access., Synergies will<br />
assist journal and monograph authors, editors and publishers, universities, conference<br />
organizers, and the education community as a whole. The $12 million investment of<br />
public funds in Synergies, shared by the Canada Foundation for Innovation, SSHRC,<br />
mainly the provinces of BC, Alberta, Ontario, Quebec and New Brunswick, and 22??<br />
universities across Canada represents a statement of faith in the value of ready access to<br />
SSH research by both researchers and the public alike.<br />
The object of this paper is to outline a sustainable funding model to ensure a permanent<br />
electronic archive and national research publication platform for Canadian humanities<br />
and social sciences. It describes the first development phase with its initial operational<br />
dynamics and lays a framework for joint action to sustainability and, as a result, a second<br />
development phase. This document recommends movement to Open Access publishing<br />
to take full advantage of digital realities and what Synergies is creating. However, more<br />
conservative options are possible that can build on some of the potential of online<br />
publishing media.<br />
The Changing Nature of Scholarly Communication<br />
Historically, the primary role of scholarly communication was to assist in the formation<br />
of communities of researchers to contribute to a ferment of ideas and a record of research<br />
upon which subsequent research could build. The body of knowledge created, for the<br />
greatest part, came to exist in two media forms, the scholarly monograph and the journal<br />
article. In addition to these forms were student theses and dissertations that were<br />
considered, in some countries, “unpublished.”<br />
5/5/10 2 of 11<br />
Formatted: Pattern: Solid<br />
(100%) (Yellow), Not Highlight
Outline – Synergies Business and Sustainability Plan Rowland Lorimer 3 of 11<br />
A defining characteristic of the scholarly and research publishing process is its autonomy<br />
from academic institutions, an autonomy that complements and enhances academic<br />
freedom. In the name of academic freedom, considerable effort is expended to achieve<br />
and administer, for example, blind peer review, to ensure that publication decisions are<br />
made solely on the merit of the research. Necessary as such autonomy is, it creates extrainstitutional<br />
dependencies – on the marketplace, on research and other funding agencies,<br />
and on enlightened access 1 to institutional funds.<br />
For the most part in the print era, the market model governed access to the research<br />
record through publication pricing, institutional and individual purchasing, and/or<br />
membership in a scholarly society. While favouring wealthy countries, institutions, and<br />
individuals, the ever-increasing over-exploitation of copyright by commercial science,<br />
technology and medical (STM) journal-publishing firms interfered with effective<br />
knowledge communication to potential beneficiaries.<br />
In the print world, such shortcomings required certain practices and provisions workedarounds<br />
around the shortcomings and inequities of the market model; for instance, the<br />
record existed in libraries while researchers mailed off prints to other researchers who<br />
requested them. In a digital world, the shortcomings of the print-based marketplace<br />
model are more apparent and new. The absence of user-attributable costs beyond firstcopy<br />
costs transforms subscriptions and other purchasing into a bottleneck rather than,For<br />
instance, in a digital world, there is no need to separate the creation of the record from<br />
dissemination. Similarly, the subscription-based model is no longer an imperfect but<br />
understandable but imperfect means for allocating resources. That same absence makes<br />
possible the The absence of user-based costs – printing and distributing a user's personal<br />
copy – transforms subscriptions into an unnecessary bottleneck. The dynamics of digital<br />
technology bring forward consideration of Open Access, that is to say, dissemination to<br />
users without user fees, in more dramatic terms, the universal public distribution in<br />
pursuit of universal dissemination of knowledge and hence the maximization of benefit to<br />
humanity.<br />
Synergies will provide major assistance in transforming the possible future of the digital<br />
world into an operational reality. However, in the final analysis, Synergies can only serve<br />
as a catalyst. The realization of the goal of both easy and public dissemination of research<br />
requires action by the research and post-secondary education community as a whole.<br />
Universities and researchers worldwide and acting in concert must find the means, in<br />
collaboration with research funders, to support the crucial knowledge dissemination role<br />
that journals and scholarly monographs, and other forms of non-commercial scholarly<br />
publications, play.<br />
Synergies Specifics<br />
To achieve the benefits made possible by digital information and communication,<br />
Synergies was designed to provide the following services:<br />
1 I am using the term enlightened here to mean recognition of the greater good of the general community<br />
rather than a responsibility for the interests of one’s own institution.<br />
5/5/10 3 of 11
Outline – Synergies Business and Sustainability Plan Rowland Lorimer 4 of 11<br />
1. Online, version-controlled, secure, manuscript management software for journals<br />
encompassing all functions from receipt of manuscript through to online and<br />
print publication;<br />
2. Description of Erudit platform needed in words that are within the implicit<br />
perspective of these points;<br />
3. Hosting services for journals at a number of institutions across Canada;<br />
4. A fully indexed national database of Canadian social science and humanities<br />
research inclusive of journal articles, theses, conference proceedings, and online<br />
monographs. Include a note here on queries and presentation of results;<br />
5. An online manuscript management called Online Monograph Press for the<br />
publication of scholarly monographs;<br />
6. An online conference management system called Online Conference Systems for<br />
the conference management including paper submission and publication of<br />
proceedings;<br />
7. A LOCKSS-based security system to ensure data integrity and preservation;<br />
8. Ontario more?<br />
9. UNB more?<br />
10. Other services that are relevant selling points and can be understood by scholars<br />
and journals.<br />
From Services to Catalyst<br />
The value of such services, in and of themselves, was recognized by the 22 institutions?<br />
who that signed on to the original Synergies proposal, by the journal community who<br />
that also endorsed the proposal, by the Canada Foundation for Innovation through its<br />
funding, by the provinces and universities that provided more than matching funds to<br />
CFI’s original investment, to say nothing and of course, the researchers and librarians<br />
who took the proposal forward. The catalytic potential inherent in Synergies services can<br />
be fully realized by means of a sustainable business plan focused on shared interests in<br />
the dissemination of knowledge. Moving from technological innovation to an operating<br />
system demands an understanding of the process of scholarly publishing, dissemination,<br />
usage, the roles of key participants, how all of the above will change in the emerging<br />
technological environment, how best a transition might be brought about, the nature of<br />
the new infrastructure and how it will be maintained, and the potentialities that are<br />
inherent in the infrastructure that will lay down trajectories of development.<br />
Without such an understanding and a public sector plan to support the continued<br />
development of scholar- and association-controlled journals, commercial for-profit<br />
journals will increase their market dominance and the circulation of knowledge will be at<br />
the mercy of their commercial interests. As is so apparent in the US health care system, a<br />
marketplace model delivers less and costs far more than universal access.<br />
Overall, the amount of funding required is little more than what is now being expended,<br />
given that digital dissemination dispenses with printing, shipping, handling, postage,<br />
subscriptions management and the need for purchasing from secondary aggregators.<br />
However, such decreased costs must be balanced against new expenditures in journal<br />
publishing software development and maintenance and IT services and emerging<br />
5/5/10 4 of 11<br />
Formatted: Pattern: Solid<br />
(100%) (Yellow), Not Highlight
Outline – Synergies Business and Sustainability Plan Rowland Lorimer 5 of 11<br />
opportunities for a richer representation of researcher and hence a transformation in the<br />
nature of knowledge. It is this last point that is most persuasive in justifying investment in<br />
the technological modernization of research knowledge publication and dissemination<br />
that Synergies represents. We will come to know our world through different forms and<br />
symbols and that world will be different.<br />
Current Realities in Scholarly Communication: An Environmental Scan<br />
The creation and communication of the research record, and the resulting formation of<br />
research communities, has been vested primarily with scholars and their associations and<br />
facilitated by universities. The following describes those involved and their roles.<br />
Responsibility for the research record has been taken up at least eight categories of<br />
participants in a shared fashion. The roles of eight participants are as follows:<br />
1. Disciplinary associations found, organize, and oversee the operations of journals.<br />
2. Scholars, acting alone or in groups;<br />
a. found, organize, and oversee the operations of journals;<br />
b. volunteer as editors and on editorial boards;<br />
c. pay membership dues to associations for which members receive a<br />
subscription to the association journal;<br />
d. subscribe to journals;<br />
e. conduct research into and make innovative contributions to the scholarly<br />
publishing process.<br />
3. Universities that employ academic editorial scholars contribute by:<br />
a. allowing for such volunteerism;<br />
b. providing subsidies in the form of<br />
i. direct funding,<br />
ii. course releases,<br />
iii. space etc,<br />
iv. office services, and<br />
v. editorial assistance.<br />
4. Research institutes, sometimes in conjunction with their universities, also provide<br />
subsidies in various forms for production.<br />
5. Research funding agencies provide direct funding to journals and/or indirect<br />
funding to authors that is passed on to journals.<br />
6. Libraries act as collection-building agents, provide access, and preserve the<br />
record and thus act as representatives of users-over-time.<br />
7. University students contribute<br />
a. through the purchase of course packs where the route of the funding is<br />
often through Access Copyright. Relatively rare cases of student<br />
subscribers also exist; and<br />
b. by acting as assistant editors and fulfilling other roles in journal<br />
publishing.<br />
8. In cooperation with scholars, commercial organizations act as<br />
a. for-profit publishers of journals;<br />
b. aggregators who provide online publishing and/or dissemination services<br />
and return small revenue percentages to journals; and<br />
5/5/10 5 of 11
Outline – Synergies Business and Sustainability Plan Rowland Lorimer 6 of 11<br />
c. sales agents to libraries.<br />
The many participants and the overlap in their roles creates certain elasticities of support<br />
that, generally speaking, introduces stopgap measures that lead to both continuity and<br />
succession. Given that the above system contains many ad hoc components, since it<br />
preserves itself over time, it is desirable that its dynamics be appreciated and, crucial<br />
dynamics, preserved.replacement possibilities when one source of funding shrinks or<br />
disappears and thereby contribute both to the stability of journals and their survival.<br />
Because the above-described system has both longevity and the capacity, in general, to<br />
support a stable set of scholarly journals that serves research and researchers well,<br />
preserving an ad hoc elasticity may be important.<br />
Emerging Technological Capacity of the Synergies Project<br />
Synergies is on the road to success in demonstrating that:<br />
1. Journals can be published online and made available worldwide;<br />
2. Theses, conference proceedings, and monographs can be added to the<br />
foundational journal collection and made available similarly;<br />
3. All publications can be indexed and made available to users;<br />
4. All publications can be aggregated into a single database that can be queried in a<br />
variety of ways and the results presented in many useful aggregations and<br />
formats;<br />
5. All publications can be queried in both English and French;<br />
6. List further technical achievements that are significant to sell the services<br />
Reorganization of Financial Support<br />
In the context of this emerging technological capacity, the challenges in achieving the<br />
catalytic potential for journal publishing and the research community that are inherent in<br />
Synergies are in the reorganization of financial support.<br />
Scholarly publishing could continue in its current form, with SSHRC grants, small<br />
amounts of university and scholarly association support, and the market (libraries)<br />
providing the majority of funds in the form of subscriptions to journal publishing.<br />
However, greater benefit and revenue could come from converting journals not only to<br />
the online environment where dissemination is facilitated but also to an Open Access<br />
model for worldwide distribution. Given the enthusiastic endorsement of Open Access by<br />
libraries, universities, scholars, and funding agencies, it falls to these stakeholders in the<br />
creation, communication, and preservation of the research record to put resources in place<br />
to make Open Access and achievable goal.<br />
At minimum, a reorganization of financial support involves five sets of participants<br />
contributing in the following ways:<br />
1. Continued participation by SSHRC to provide support to journals;<br />
2. Continued participation of universities, research institutes, learned societies, and<br />
other organizations in support of journal publishing;<br />
3. Participation by research and post-secondary institutional libraries (or their<br />
equivalent)<br />
5/5/10 6 of 11
Outline – Synergies Business and Sustainability Plan Rowland Lorimer 7 of 11<br />
a. as “consumers,” and hence involving virtually all SSH Canadian postsecondary<br />
libraries;<br />
b. as service providers in the provision of hosting and support services;<br />
4. Participation by a substantial majority of Canadian SSH nonprofit journals as<br />
“publishers”;<br />
5. Maintaining a development trajectory for<br />
a. the continued maintenance and development of OJS;<br />
b. the continued maintenance and development of the Synergies database, its<br />
accessibility, and its facilities for presenting data in useful ways;<br />
c. a work-efficient integration of Erudit with OJS;<br />
d. the development of an index of equivalent functionality to the Scopus or<br />
ISI indexes;<br />
e. international marketing of the content and this public sector solution to<br />
knowledge production, dissemination, and access.<br />
There are, of course, ways of flowing needed resources to journals and other publishers<br />
alternative to what is outlined below. Submission fees or other author fees are possible<br />
and are being put in place in certain countries, by certain journals, and in certain<br />
disciplines. Likewise, per-capita and per-institution levies could fund journal publishing.<br />
However, given the current structure of support in Canada for SSH journals, the proposed<br />
reorganization that follows appears to make the greatest sense.<br />
Addressing Organizational Challenges in Support of Journal Publishing<br />
SSHRC support<br />
Ongoing involvement of SSHRC is critical in helping to guide the transition of<br />
Synergies from its development to its operational and second development phase.<br />
SSHRC involvement will assist Synergies in creating a sustainable infrastructure to<br />
ensure that researchers and research achieve recognition both in the world research<br />
community and in the public sphere. Such involvement will provide an understanding<br />
that will foster continuing long-term support to Canadian SSH journals.<br />
University, research institute, and learned society support<br />
The considerable financial resources provided to journals on an ad hoc basis will<br />
continue to be both necessary and important. Gathering and distributing information on<br />
the extent of journal support would assist in increasing awareness of its crucial nature to<br />
the publication of Canadian SSH research.<br />
Library participation as users and hosts<br />
With the ease of access and lack of individual user costs brought about by digital<br />
technologies, libraries will increasingly predominate in representing users in crafting and<br />
maintaining a production, distribution and consumption structure. By bringing resources<br />
to the table, libraries will be in a position to play an influential role as representatives of<br />
users.<br />
Given the library community’s desire and preference for Open Access, which closes off<br />
marketplace earnings for journals, and given the existence of SSHRC support for<br />
5/5/10 7 of 11
Outline – Synergies Business and Sustainability Plan Rowland Lorimer 8 of 11<br />
Canadian SSH journals, the most appropriate role for Canadian libraries would be to<br />
negotiate with non-profit Canadian SSH journals (many of which are, or will be, hosted<br />
by Synergies) for worldwide Open Access on the foundation of replacing all subscription<br />
and permissions income with direct financial support.<br />
Journal participation<br />
Of all participants, journals and monograph publishers are in the most difficult position in<br />
this technological transition. The costs of operation of journals are considerable, in the<br />
order of $20,000 to $100,000 plus per annum. Such costs are calculated over and above<br />
the volunteer time of scholars as editors and peer reviewers. A continuing uninterrupted<br />
flow of funds is critical to transition.<br />
Journals face a financial, technological, and hence existential dilemma. Currently they<br />
earn revenue in the marketplace as a result of hundreds of decisions by library and<br />
individual subscribers. Replacing the marketplace with a single customer introduces<br />
vulnerabilities that must be counteracted. While much is made of changing technology in<br />
journal publishing, and even though the market for print journals is predicted to constrict<br />
rapidly, as of early 2010, subscriptions-based journals were still earning substantial<br />
revenue from print subscriptions, probably more than half of all revenue. It would be<br />
irrational (economist’s definition) for journals to abandon that revenue stream if it is a net<br />
revenue producer. On the technology side, many journal employees are relatively<br />
unfamiliar with the dynamics of running an online business and are thus reluctant to take<br />
on a challenge that is not obviously adequate to survival. These financial and<br />
technological variables are sufficient in magnitude to sink a journal, hence the existential<br />
dilemma.<br />
The many issues that arise, particularly with libraries and journals, are discussed in the<br />
following section.<br />
A Committee for the Restructuring of Scholarly Communication in Canada<br />
The creation of a digital infrastructure for social science and humanities research<br />
communication, the primary element of which would be Open Access online journal<br />
publication and accessibility, can indeed succeed. Moreover, its success would serve the<br />
interests of research communities, journals, research and post-secondary libraries, and,<br />
most importantly, society in general.<br />
It is proposed that such an infrastructure can best be created through the founding of the<br />
National Social Sciences and Humanities Research Communication and Co-ordination<br />
Committee (NSSHRC 3 ) with an executive secretary and a guiding mandate followed by a<br />
negotiation process among the primary stakeholders.<br />
The NSSHRC 3 Mandate<br />
The proposed mandate of NSSHRC 3 is:<br />
To identify the most probable sources of an initial annual budget of $6 million and<br />
the necessary organization of those resources to create a stable but innovative,<br />
national, non-profit, Open Access, online journal publishing system. It is anticipated<br />
5/5/10 8 of 11
Outline – Synergies Business and Sustainability Plan Rowland Lorimer 9 of 11<br />
that the sources of needed funds will, in the main, be reallocations of funds now<br />
supportive of Canadian SSH journals. The budget would encompass the following<br />
elements:<br />
a. Long-term support for the maintenance and development of Canadian<br />
non-profit online SSH journals beginning at current levels of output and<br />
responsive to growth in research output;<br />
b. The maintenance and continued development of OJS to a level that<br />
maintains its competitiveness with commercial alternatives;<br />
c. The maintenance and continued development of the Synergies-developed<br />
Canadian database and index of SSH research content complete with<br />
secure archives to a level that maintains its competitiveness with<br />
commercial alternatives; (All regional centres need to bring forward<br />
system needs that they feel best able to serve. I don’t want to be seen to be<br />
making the decisions on what is needed or not nor put words in people’s<br />
mouths. This would cover at least, b, c, and e. )<br />
d. A promotion and marketing program to a level that maintains its<br />
competitiveness with commercial alternatives;<br />
e. A program of meta-publishing initiatives designed to add value by<br />
increasing access and use of Canadian SSH research in the scholarly and<br />
public spheres.<br />
As a guideline, the following allocations might serve as an initial suggestion for<br />
consideration.<br />
SSHRC $2.5 million<br />
CRKN $2 million<br />
AUCC members $1 million<br />
Learned Societies $ 200,000<br />
Journal print sales $ 300,000<br />
TOTAL $6 million<br />
NSSHRC 3 Membership and Operations<br />
It is proposed that NSSHRC 3 be composed of an executive secretary and 12<br />
representatives from the following organizations. It is further proposed that these<br />
representatives assume responsibility for the following roles:<br />
1. CFHSS and CALJ to represent the interests of journals and researchers.<br />
Coordinating with each other as well as their members, they would each name<br />
two representatives to NSSHRC 3 . At least one member of the four would be<br />
drawn from the membership of the francophone journals group;<br />
2. <strong>CARL</strong> to represent the interests of libraries with two members one of whom<br />
would be a board member of CRKN. (Alternatively, the Exec. Dir. of CRKN<br />
could be included as a non-voting member.);<br />
3. A member of the board of AUCC or a designate, whose institution was involved<br />
in hosting journals in conjunction with Synergies to represent the interests of<br />
universities;<br />
4. A member of the executive of CAUT as a representative of the educative<br />
function of scholars and researchers;<br />
5/5/10 9 of 11
Outline – Synergies Business and Sustainability Plan Rowland Lorimer 10 of 11<br />
5. A member of the executive of SSHRC to represent the interests of Canada’s<br />
research funding agency;<br />
6. A member of the Steering Committee of Synergies to represent the interests of<br />
Canada’s emerging online research publishing and database platform;<br />
7. A person qualified to represent OJS as Canada’s leading open source journal<br />
publishing software;<br />
8. A person qualified to represent Erudit and university-based, non-library hosting<br />
services.<br />
A Proposed Agenda for Negotiations<br />
It is proposed that CFHSS and CALJ jointly convene meetings of NSSHRC 3 until and<br />
executive secretary is in place and that negotiations be undertaken to develop an<br />
agreement among stakeholders.<br />
It is proposed that the following items be introduced for discussion:<br />
1. Continued financial support by SSHRC for eligible journals with reasonable<br />
expansion to take into account expansion of research output. Recognition by all<br />
parties of the role SSHRC has played in supporting journals and maximizing<br />
affordable access would be appropriate.<br />
2. Continued financial and other support of SSHRC-eligible journals by AUCC<br />
members with modest increases over current support for journal management and<br />
editing within their institutions.<br />
3. Continued financial and other support of SSHRC-eligible journals by <strong>CARL</strong><br />
members and by libraries of other post-secondary educational institutions, ideally<br />
by means of a worldwide licence for access to all Canadian SSH journals, and<br />
including modest increases over current subscription support to account for<br />
increased access to content within their libraries and the sponsorship of<br />
worldwide open access. Such support should be at a level to provide funds to<br />
cover publishing costs beyond those covered by AUCC members and SSHRC.<br />
4. Continued financial support by SSHRC, <strong>CARL</strong>, and AUCC to fund the<br />
maintenance and continued development of the following to preserve their<br />
competitiveness with commercial alternatives;<br />
a. OJS;<br />
b. The Synergies-developed Canadian database and index of SSH research<br />
content inclusive of a secure archives;<br />
c. Is there a need to add other crucial technical elements here?<br />
d. A promotion and marketing program;<br />
e. Meta-publishing services built on the Synergies backbone including OJS<br />
and Erudit.<br />
5. Continued moral support by SSHRC, <strong>CARL</strong>, AUCC, CALJ, CAUT, and CFHSS<br />
of Synergies in ensuing applications to CFI or other appropriate funders for which<br />
Synergies might qualify.<br />
6. The provision of hosting services as part of the Synergies network free of charge<br />
to all non-profit Open Access Canadian SSH journals that qualify for SSHRC<br />
funding.<br />
5/5/10 10 of 11
Outline – Synergies Business and Sustainability Plan Rowland Lorimer 11 of 11<br />
7. The extension of the opportunity to all Canadian universities to provide hosting<br />
services as part of the Synergies network free of charge to all non-profit Open<br />
Access Canadian SSH journals that qualify for SSHRC funding. Circulation of<br />
interoperability protocols and standards along with estimates of cost<br />
responsibilities would facilitate such an extension.<br />
8. Continued access to OJS software at no cost for non-profit, Canadian SSH<br />
journals accompanied by assurance of continued development to maintain<br />
competitiveness with commercial alternatives.<br />
9. Journal access to information, training, and conversion services for the set-up and<br />
use of OJS and, where needed, to a low-cost program for back issues digitization.<br />
10. Legal registration of PKP, within which OJS exists, as a non-profit entity with a<br />
board of directors drawn from funders and users and specifically, in part, from the<br />
Canadian SSH-research, journal and library communities and from the Synergies<br />
Steering Committee.<br />
11. Legal registration of Erudit as a non-profit entity with a board of directors drawn<br />
from funders and users and specifically, in part, from the Canadian SSH-research,<br />
journal and library communities and from the Synergies Steering Committee.<br />
12. Legal registration of Synergies as a non-profit entity with a board of directors<br />
drawn from funders and users and specifically, in part, from the Canadian SSHresearch,<br />
journal and library communities and from OJS and Erudit.<br />
13. The creation of a tiered structure by CALJ and CFHSS through which journals<br />
could be offered to Canadian institutions in return for financial support.<br />
14. Continuing effort by journals to<br />
a. Take advantage of automated system to increase production and<br />
dissemination efficiencies;<br />
b. Position themselves to ease out of regular print runs as markets constrict<br />
while retaining print-on-demand options;<br />
c. Provide authors with effective indexing, linking, statistics, and other<br />
measures aimed at assisting in both increasing author's readership and<br />
their reputations (re tenure and promotion); and<br />
d. Provide partners with access to the financial and publishing data needed to<br />
determine a fair allocation of resources.<br />
15. Methods and means to increase the awareness of Canadian SSH scholars and<br />
researchers and the general public of the benefits on online and Open Access<br />
journal publishing as outlined in this document.<br />
16. Methods and means to make known Canada’s leadership role in taking full<br />
advantage of the digital age to build a knowledge-based society under a slogan<br />
such as “Research: Canada’s Gift to the World.”<br />
17. Methods and means to monitor and evaluate on a continuous basis the<br />
contribution and viability of this initiative as a means of enhancing the quality and<br />
impact of Canadian research and scholarship.<br />
5/5/10 11 of 11
Document 7<br />
<strong>CARL</strong> Data Management Subcommittee<br />
Report to SCOM, May 2010<br />
1. Develop a brochure about the importance of data management. This brochure<br />
is aimed at administrator, researcher, and government policy makers and will be a<br />
"punchy" and easy to read handout for those who are trying to raise awareness of<br />
the issue of data management on campus (or in government agencies). It is based<br />
on the Data Management Awareness Toolkit. The first draft is complete and the<br />
Subcommittee has provided feedback to improve it.<br />
2. Further develop and sponsor/produce the Workshop on Data Management<br />
for Librarians. Staff at Carleton University Library have developed curriculum for an<br />
introductory workshop on data management for librarians. The first workshop took<br />
place on November 10, 2009. Feedback from this workshop was then used to<br />
improve the curriculum for further workshop(s). A second workshop was held in April<br />
2010 in conjunction with a Data Liberation Initiative Training Session.<br />
3. Current practices for collecting data sets in IRs<br />
Data are both the products of research and the starting point for new research. As<br />
the volume of research data increases exponentially, there is a need to preserve this<br />
data so that it can be used to the maximum extent possible. Many research libraries<br />
have built institutional repositories in order to manage the research output of their<br />
community and are interested in collecting datasets. However, there are additional<br />
challenges to collecting and managing data- including the complexity of metadata,<br />
large size of datasets, etc. This project will review existing practices for collecting<br />
data sets within IRs internationally, assess the feasibility and costs associated, and<br />
develop a set of recommendations for libraries who are interested in this practice.<br />
The project is currently being discussed and scoped out by the DM Subcommittee.<br />
4. User services for aggregated content of IRs<br />
The content contained in the digital repositories could be the starting point for a<br />
number of value-added services that enable the use and re-use of materials in many<br />
contexts. The premise of this project is to develop a vision of more sophisticated<br />
services that will attract users, and also improve deposit rates. The vision may<br />
include the existence of repositories as a critical part of the nation's e-infrastructure,<br />
as is occurring in Europe. In addition, these services could include the development<br />
of “special collections” based on the aggregated content of distributed repositories<br />
(text, data, etc.). These special collections may be based on document type, subject<br />
matter or other characteristics. Presumably, these types of services are not likely to<br />
be developed without external funding in place. The vision document created in this<br />
project could act as the basis for a proposal for these types of services. This project<br />
was transferred from the IR Subcommittee. The DM Committee will be asked to<br />
contribute their ideas towards the development of this vision, which can then be<br />
enlarged and enhanced in the coming months.
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
A Discussion Report from the<br />
ARL Working Group on Special Collections<br />
March 2009<br />
Document 8<br />
Association of Research Libraries
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
A Discussion Report from the ARL Working Group on Special Collections<br />
March 2009<br />
Published by the<br />
Association of Research Libraries<br />
Washington, DC 20036<br />
www.arl.org<br />
This work is licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-No Derivative Works 3.0 Unported License. To view a<br />
copy of this license, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/3.0/ or send a letter to Creative Commons, 171<br />
Second Street, Suite 300, San Francisco, California, 94105, USA.
Contents<br />
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
Preface ...................................................................................................................................... 5<br />
Introduction: The Time Is Now .................................................................................................. 9<br />
I. Collecting Carefully, with Regard to Costs, and Ethical and Legal Concerns ..........................11<br />
Restrictions on Access ................................................................................................................................ 12<br />
Transparent Provenance ............................................................................................................................. 13<br />
Sound Records Management Practices ...................................................................................................... 13<br />
Recommendations ..................................................................................................................................... 15<br />
II. Ensuring Discovery and Access .............................................................................................17<br />
Addressing the Problem of Backlogs and “Hidden Collections” ................................................................. 17<br />
Focus on Access in Setting Descriptive Standards ......................................................................................18<br />
User Contributions ..................................................................................................................................... 19<br />
Cross-Institutional Collaboration and Cross-Collection Searching ..............................................................20<br />
Exhibitions .................................................................................................................................................20<br />
Digitization ................................................................................................................................................21<br />
Large-Scale Digitization .............................................................................................................................21<br />
Creating Metadata .....................................................................................................................................22<br />
Recommendations .....................................................................................................................................23<br />
III. The Challenge of Born-Digital Collections ...........................................................................25<br />
Models of How to Handle Digital Materials in Special Collections .............................................................26<br />
Descriptive Practices and the Provision of Continuing Access ....................................................................27<br />
Recommendations (with some talking points on digitization privacy/institutional liability concerns) .........28<br />
Conclusion ............................................................................................................................... 31<br />
Appendices ..............................................................................................................................33<br />
www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf Page 3
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
Recommendations .....................................................................................................................................33<br />
I. Collecting Carefully, with Regard to Costs, and Ethical and Legal Concerns ...........................................33<br />
II. Ensuring Discovery and Access ...............................................................................................................33<br />
III. The Challenge of Born-Digital Collections .............................................................................................34<br />
Working Group Charge ..............................................................................................................................36<br />
Glossary .....................................................................................................................................................38<br />
Page 4 www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf
Preface<br />
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
The ARL Working Group on Special Collections was charged by the Research, Teaching, and Learning Steering Committee<br />
in 2007 with advising it “on special collections issues on an ongoing basis. In this context, ‘special collections’ is<br />
construed broadly to include distinctive material in all media and attendant library services.” 1 The Working Group has<br />
two interrelated priorities:<br />
1. Identify opportunities and recommend actions for ARL and other organizations that will encourage concerted<br />
action and coordinated planning for collecting and exposing 19th- and 20th-century materials in all formats (rare<br />
books, archives and manuscripts, audio and video, etc).<br />
2. Identify criteria and strategies for collecting digital and other new media material that currently lack a recognized<br />
and responsible structure for stewardship.<br />
In this report the Working Group identifies key issues in the management and exposure of special collections material<br />
in the 21st century. Though the initial focus was on 19th- and 20th-century materials, most of what is said below applies<br />
with equal force to collecting and caring for materials from previous centuries as well as materials that bring us into the<br />
present and oblige us to look forward into the future.<br />
Working Group members include directors of research libraries, heads of special collections departments, and other<br />
professional leaders with particular concern for traditional and digital special collections. Visitors and observers have<br />
included Donald Waters of the Mellon Foundation and Charles Henry of the Council on Library and Information Resources<br />
(to consider proposals for the CLIR/Mellon Hidden Collections grant program), and ARL Research Library Leadership<br />
Program Fellows drawn from the special collections community.<br />
The Working Group met in person four times in 2007–2008 and conducted extensive e-mail correspondence based<br />
on drafts of this report. The chair of the Working Group presented some preliminary findings and recommendations<br />
to the annual conference of the Rare Books and Manuscripts Section of ACRL in Los Angeles in June 2008, and<br />
subsequently circulated a draft of the report to representatives of both RBMS and the Society of American Archivists. The<br />
report presented here reflects extensive comments received from those bodies.<br />
The term “special collections” has been used in North American libraries in many different ways. One of the more<br />
restricted uses designates special collections as rare books, generally dating from the dawn of European printing to some<br />
point in the 19th century, with the addition of rare editions and special printings of a later date, often known as the<br />
1 The charge of the Working Group is appended. The charge is also available at http://www.arl.org/rtl/speccoll/spcollwg/ #special. For<br />
additional background information and a definition of special collections, see ARL’s Special Collections: Statement of Principles (2003),<br />
“Research Libraries and the Commitment to Special Collections” at http://www.arl.org/rtl/speccoll/speccollprinciples.shtml.<br />
www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf Page 5
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
“book arts”. More often the term is used to include manuscripts, archival collections of mixed format including prints,<br />
drawings and photographs, and graphic materials such as maps, theatrical publications, pamphlets, advertizing and<br />
posters, and sometimes newspapers, which were not published in book form. “Special collections” also can be extended<br />
to include distinct collections of material relating to a particular subject or part of the world or sometimes reflecting the<br />
output of a particular publisher; and in this definition the materials often will be in non European languages. By the end<br />
of the 20th century, the collections of most libraries of any size had proliferated into numerous additional formats: film<br />
and video, audio tapes, microfilm, and other formats for written communication. A new information revolution also<br />
had established born-digital materials as an essential part of the holdings of research libraries, though they entered the<br />
consciousness of library administrators and their budget calculations first as scientific journals and databases, not a form<br />
of communication generally designated as special collections.<br />
“Special collections” is used in this report ecumenically. Our thinking has embraced libraries’ stewardship of any kind<br />
of vehicle for information and communication that lacks readily available and standardized classification schemes, and<br />
any that is vulnerable to destruction or disappearance without special treatment. Thus we have included evanescent web<br />
sites as part of our deliberations, as well as fragile printed ephemera and rare books, and all the other formats mentioned<br />
above. We also have taken into account the increasing convergence between special collections in libraries and those<br />
held in museums and archives, paying particular attention to material that is not yet housed in any such institution but<br />
which needs to be collected, preserved and described in the interests of research in the future.<br />
This document is intended primarily for the directors of ARL member libraries and the administrators within their<br />
organizations. Many statements included here will be seen by professional archivists, curators, and special collections<br />
librarians as assertions of existing best practice. Special collections departments are often very small and sometimes<br />
isolated, and they compete for attention and resources within their own institutions and the broader research<br />
environment. One aim of this report, therefore, is to draw the attention of the research library community as a whole to<br />
the exceptional opportunities that special collections present to the users of our libraries and to the challenges now faced<br />
by special collections departments. We wish to underscore the need for research library leadership to support actions<br />
that will increase the visibility and use of special collections and support both existing and developing best practice in the<br />
stewardship of special collections. While this report focuses on special collections in North American research libraries,<br />
we believe it has potential application more broadly. We hope it may form a useful part of the discussion among many<br />
professionals who are charged with the perplexing challenges of handling rare, unique or unusual material that is or<br />
ought to be available permanently for use by the widest possible audiences.<br />
An additional purpose of this report is to set out and to invite reflection on the extraordinary challenges that face<br />
the collectors and stewards of special collections in libraries and archives in the 21st century. We hope to provide a<br />
framework within which some important discussions of policy may take place. We also hope that this report will support<br />
an enhanced and extended understanding within research communities more generally of the unique and irreplaceable<br />
contribution that special collections make to scholarship and learning, and to the general public good. The research<br />
library community has an opportunity to grasp the challenges and help shape a glorious future for the extraordinary<br />
resources found in special collections in North America.<br />
— Alice Prochaska, Chair, ARL Working Group on Special Collections<br />
Page 6 www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf
ARL Working Group on Special Collections Members<br />
Alice Prochaska, Chair (Yale) 2007–2009<br />
Larry Alford (Temple) 2008–2010<br />
Susan Brynteson (Delaware) 2008–2010<br />
Mark Dimunation (Library of Congress) 2007–2011<br />
Jackie Dooley (California, Irvine/RLG Programs/OCLC) 2007–2009<br />
Nancy Eaton (Pennsylvania State) 2007–2010<br />
Joan Giesecke (Nebraska) 2007–2009<br />
Nancy Gwinn (Smithsonian) 2008–2010<br />
Anne Kenney (Cornell) 2008–2010<br />
Clifford Lynch (Coalition for Networked Information) Liaison<br />
James Michalko (RLG Programs/OCLC) Liaison<br />
Victoria Montavon (Cincinnati) 2007–2008<br />
Susan Nutter (North Carolina State) 2007–2011<br />
Sarah Pritchard (Northwestern) 2009–2011<br />
Bernard Reilly (Center for Research Libraries) 2007–2011<br />
Mike Ridley (University of Guelph) 2009–2011<br />
Gary Strong (California, Los Angeles) 2007<br />
Rich Szary (North Carolina at Chapel Hill) 2007–2011<br />
Ian Wilson/Ingrid Parent (Library and Archives Canada) 2007–2009<br />
Corresponding Members:<br />
Graham Jefcoate (Nijmegen, Netherlands)<br />
Richard Ovenden (Oxford, Bodleian Library)<br />
Alice Schreyer (Chicago)<br />
Staff Liaisons:<br />
Jaia Barrett (ARL)<br />
Julia Blixrud (ARL)<br />
Lisa Carter (ARL Visiting Program Officer/North Carolina State)<br />
Michael Rush (ARL Visiting Program Officer/Yale)<br />
Crit Stuart (ARL)<br />
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf Page 7
Introduction: The Time Is Now<br />
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
Special collections in ARL libraries encompass the full gamut of research topics and formats. They have the potential to<br />
serve every discipline in the academic curriculum, and they can be useful to all possible clients and users of the research<br />
library: from the general public to special interest and amenity groups, to students at all levels and research scholars both<br />
within and beyond institutions of higher education. In an environment where mass digitization of books and periodicals<br />
for Web access is accelerating, and electronic journals and aggregated databases are part of the shared landscape of<br />
scholarly communication, it is their accumulated special collections that increasingly define the uniqueness and character<br />
of individual research libraries. The time is now to meet the challenges and responsibilities that these materials present.<br />
If they encapsulate the essence of a research library, it is vital that special collections be afforded sufficient resources for<br />
their good management.<br />
This report identifies key aspects of the management of special collections material in the 21st century.<br />
Contemporary research libraries face limited resources, existing backlogs of under-described material, complicated legal<br />
issues, and a swiftly evolving technological landscape. All this challenges their ability to collect, preserve, and provide<br />
access to rare and historical resources in a way that offers the appropriate service to library customers. And yet there are<br />
abundant opportunities to expose truly unique research materials, as never before.<br />
There are professional and management choices to be made in the way research libraries allocate resources to these<br />
rare materials. There are also questions of ethics: issues relating to the proper stewardship of materials that reflect human<br />
activity in the past and the selection of materials relating to the present, and a wide range of important issues connected<br />
to the obligation to make material accessible to our publics.<br />
The continuing proliferation of public audiences for special collections is one significant aspect of the challenge we<br />
address here. Local and family historians, specialist interest groups, businesses of every kind, both for profit and not<br />
for profit, from the small and local to the multinational, and the many forms of electronic interactions, from blogs to<br />
email lists to social networking sites to interactive presentation tools: all these are features of a dynamically changing<br />
landscape, and they all generate an appetite for access to special collections. It is essential to involve the primary groups<br />
and associations that cater for these publics, including corporations, associations, and politicians and government at<br />
every level. Libraries and archives need to communicate to these communities the challenges of providing access to<br />
special collections.<br />
Our charge directed us to look at the issues surrounding materials from the nineteenth and twentieth centuries as<br />
well as digital and other new media. Most of what we say below applies with special force to collecting and caring for<br />
materials from those recent centuries as well as contemporary times, and we find it both unhelpful, and impossible in<br />
practice, to ignore the clamors of modern materials, which oblige us to consider the challenges of the present and future.<br />
www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf Page 9
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
I. Collecting Carefully, with Regard to Costs, and<br />
Ethical and Legal Concerns<br />
There are important considerations that should be taken into account in the process of deciding to accept stewardship<br />
of special collections materials. Libraries often document the full costs of acquiring a book; in many cases the ancillary<br />
costs equal or exceed the purchase price. Processing and preservation costs routinely are taken into consideration in<br />
determining whether to purchase or accept gifts of books. The calculation of total acquisition costs for special collections,<br />
however, is rarely as easy to determine. 2 The community of research libraries as a whole will also benefit from the<br />
establishment of shared databases describing their respective collecting strengths, and based on this, identifying gaps in<br />
provision. This information can help individual organizations to avoid costs that might turn out to duplicate the efforts of<br />
others.<br />
Collections with substantial digital components add complexities, since both the near-term processing costs and,<br />
particularly, longer-term preservation costs for these kinds of materials are not well understood. Often these materials<br />
may be offered as gifts and require little or no near-term purchase outlay, but will clearly require significant long-term<br />
investment to maintain. In the digital world, it is all too easy to acquire materials that a library cannot afford to keep in<br />
perpetuity.<br />
In addition to financial considerations, there are ethical concerns in accepting special collections without considering<br />
the total costs of maintaining and providing access to them. First among these is institutional credibility. Institutions risk<br />
embarrassment or even legal liability when they accept collections whose high total costs result in delays in meeting<br />
donor requirements or expectations. This can lead to even higher costs to the institution in terms of legal fees, public<br />
relations work, or accelerated processing expenses.<br />
Next, collections care presents a whole range of issues. If the costs of managing a collection are excessive, the<br />
collection itself can be endangered or lost through inadequate preservation or security. The longer a collection languishes<br />
in processing, the more expensive it can become to retrieve the information needed to provide good intellectual control<br />
or undertake necessary migration or reformatting. Indeed, for digital content it may prove impossible to access and use<br />
the files because of technological obsolescence. Uncared-for collections occupy space, whether physical or electronic,<br />
that can affect an institution’s ability to accept other, more appropriate materials.<br />
There is also some argument that the capability to generate high quality digital surrogates of materials at reasonable<br />
cost is redefining expectations of care for the original. Increased user demands mean that preservation now equates<br />
to access as it never did before. Until a collection is digitized, and those digital surrogates are widely distributed, the<br />
organization that holds it may become vulnerable to the charge that it has not done all it can, or perhaps even all it<br />
2 See, for example, Kevin M. Guthrie, The New York Historical Society: Lessons from One Nonprofit’s Long Struggle for Survival San<br />
Francisco, Jossey-Bass, 1996, for an excellent case study of how unbridled collecting led to serious financial and managerial problems.<br />
www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf Page 11
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
should, to ensure the survival and exposure of the materials. This too is a question of setting priorities in the allocation<br />
of resources. Adequate resources will never be available to preserve all special collections either physically or digitally.<br />
Decisions about priorities therefore will always be difficult. For example, while there is a strong historic professional<br />
body of opinion that only physical preservation (much of it by creating microforms) can be trusted to endure, digital<br />
technologies now clearly offer new alternatives. 3<br />
As special collections holdings become more visible through online finding aids and digital surrogates (which may<br />
then be indexed by services such as Google), institutions also have to consider in some cases the potential costs of<br />
defending against litigation that seeks to suppress access to the materials or causes them to be destroyed or taken<br />
from the archive or library. Once archival materials are indexed in public search tools such as Google, experience has<br />
shown that they attract a steady stream of threats, takedown demands, copyright challenges, and other potential<br />
litigation. While anecdotally widely reported, the extent of this is not well documented or measured, and it is a particular<br />
problem for newer organizations operating digital archives that do not have the depth of financial and legal resources<br />
characteristic of a major research library. 4<br />
An additional recent development of great concern in this area is the attempt to apply national laws across national<br />
boundaries in order to suppress information and communication; see here the recent developments in so-called “Libel<br />
Tourism.” The issues here go beyond the narrowly legal and reach also to continually evolving matters of public opinion<br />
(consider the treatment of materials created by or documenting indigenous peoples in various nations) and even shifting<br />
understandings of privacy and anonymity.<br />
Restrictions on Access<br />
Potential use is a vital consideration when the decision is made to acquire a collection. The goal of acquisition should<br />
be access. The Society of American Archivists’ Code of Ethics asserts that, “archivists recognize their responsibility to<br />
promote the use of records as a fundamental purpose of the keeping of archives.” 5 In an era when convenient access can<br />
trump quality of content as far as the user is concerned, delaying access to collections—particularly digital collections—<br />
can have a deleterious effect on an institution’s ability to manage that material over time. As part of their commitment to<br />
developing a culture of stewardship and respect for cultural records in our society, one task for archivists, curators, and<br />
librarians is to educate donors to the dangers and consequences of lengthy restrictions on access to materials. They have<br />
to develop means for expediting access that balance donors’ rights, privacy concerns, and scholarly use.<br />
At a minimum, the acquiring organization should require a timetable for access—including the possibility of<br />
staged access to portions of the collection—and the removal of restrictions as part of its negotiations with donors.<br />
The conditions of acceptance and use of a collection need to be clearly understood by both parties and shared with the<br />
research community. This is an area where professional organizations could help by providing accessible guidelines for<br />
use in negotiations with donors.<br />
3 See, for example, the ARL statement “Recognizing Digitization as a Preservation Reformatting Method” at http://www.arl.org/preserv/<br />
digitization/index.shtml.<br />
4 Some useful resources in this area are the EFF Chilling Effects site at http://www.chillingeffects.org/ and the report of the 2002 Berkeley<br />
workshop on “Maintaining Integrity in and Access to Public Digital Archives”.<br />
5 SAA: Council Handbook (App. K-A Code of Ethics with Commentary), http://www.archivists.org/governance/handbook/app_ethics.asp.<br />
Page 12 www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
A corollary set of concerns is the high cost of processing and making materials accessible, which can delay access for<br />
years, decades, or longer. An institution does disservice to both donors and researchers by denying access to materials<br />
over an extended timeframe because of processing delays. 6<br />
In the digital realm, access and preservation are closely intertwined; those items that are maintained in their original<br />
digital state at the point of acquisition, but with long time restrictions, may not be accessible when those restrictions are<br />
lifted. Additionally, resources may be shifted to those materials that can be made accessible. It is necessary, therefore, to<br />
ensure that restricted digital materials receive early and regular attention to their preservation and migration.<br />
Transparent Provenance<br />
It is important also to ensure that users of any collection, now and in the future, can understand its provenance.<br />
Teachers at all levels of education need to help their students understand how to assess the utility and trustworthiness<br />
of the evidence they are using. Scholars and other researchers must have access to this information if they are to use<br />
the materials as credible and authentic resources. The special collections repository has an obligation to describe any<br />
questions that may remain about the origin of a collection, and alert the user to restrictions, gaps, and uncertainties.<br />
A further dimension of this question arises in the case of materials whose ownership may be contested, now or in the<br />
future. Nations and distinct cultural and ethnic communities increasingly lay claim to archives held in North America and<br />
other parts of the world, which they assert to be their property. 7 Individuals increasingly lay claim to intellectual property<br />
in the content of archives, 8 especially when they are made public in digital form. Without well documented information<br />
about the provenance and surrounding circumstances of a collection, archivists and librarians and their institutions are<br />
vulnerable 9 not only to legitimate claims but to others that may be opportunistic and ill founded.<br />
Sound Records Management Practices<br />
Records managers and special collections librarians should work together to support historical research, by setting<br />
aside important and unique records that may serve as primary sources for future research, by identifying records in<br />
danger of deterioration, and implementing appropriate preservation methods. Records management is the systematic<br />
and administrative control of records throughout their life cycle to ensure efficiency and economy in their creation,<br />
use, handling, control, maintenance, and disposition. 10 Although some special collections units may be tasked with<br />
6 Repositories that do permit access to unprocessed collections, however, need to make clear the implications of doing so, such as the<br />
likelihood that the order of items within a collection may change and that references to page or folio numbers are provisional.<br />
7 There is a growing literature on the vexed questions surrounding cultural restitution or repatriation. For some examples dealing specifically<br />
with manuscript and archival collections, see the proceedings of an IFLA pre-conference on “Responsible Stewardship Towards Cultural<br />
Heritage Materials” in Copenhagen, Denmark, 2005, and Alice Prochaska, “Special Collections in an International Perspective” in Barbara M.<br />
Jones (ed.) Special Collections in the Twenty-First Century, vol. 52 no. 1 of Library Trends (University of Illinois Graduate School of Library<br />
and Information Science), 2003. Further discussion of these cultural stewardship issues can be accessed through Alice Prochaska’s Web site:<br />
http://www.library.yale.edu/about/librarian.<br />
8 See, for example, Ralph Blumenthal, “A Trove of Golden Broadway Images, Stuck in a Tangled History,” The New York Times, September<br />
12, 2008 http://www.nytimes.com/2008/09/13/nyregion/13photog.html?_r=1&ei=5070&emc=eta1&oref=slogin.<br />
9 For example, see “On Deposit: A Handshake and a Lawsuit” by Ronald L. Becker (American Archivist, Spring 1993). Becker discusses the<br />
impact the lack of a clear gift agreement to the outcome of Rutgers vs. Partisan Review.<br />
10 A Glossary of Archival and Records Terminology, Richard Pearce-Moses http://archivists.org/glossary/term_details.<br />
asp?DefinitionKey=200.<br />
www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf Page 13
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
institutional records management, records management is in fact a separate function from stewardship of special<br />
collections. While the two fields are related, records management is its own field with its own specialist knowledge<br />
and resource requirements. Records management is focused primarily on facilitating current use of records, protecting<br />
the institution, reducing operating costs, and supporting better management and decision making. Special collections<br />
libraries may wish to preserve records for some of the same reasons, but they focus primarily on future use of records in<br />
order to serve as research centers and as the guardians of institutional memory.<br />
Special collections departments should coordinate with records managers to ensure that new types of collections<br />
of interest to researchers are managed and preserved over the long term. This is particularly important for the products<br />
of creative activities which are often overlooked as records management normally concerns itself more with records of<br />
routine business processes. To benefit both the organization and researchers, both current and future users, records must<br />
be continuously managed so that they are available and useful through their entire lifecycle. As a result of this shared<br />
interest in protecting records, special collections professionals should advocate for and support the work of records<br />
management programs.<br />
In addition to supporting records managers, stewards of special collections can also learn from them. Much can be<br />
gathered from the records management profession about early intervention with records creators in order to facilitate<br />
collecting, describing, and preserving new types of special collections, particularly those born-digital. Traditionally,<br />
relationships between special collections repositories and creators have not been well established until the end of the<br />
careers, or lives, of the creators. While this approach has been successful for traditional paper records and will likely<br />
continue to exist, it is not adequate for born-digital collections, which require more immediate and ongoing attention.<br />
Records managers have direct relationships with records creators during, and even before, the creation of records. In<br />
the same way, special collections departments could develop continuing relationships with the record-creators and<br />
provide advice over a number of years in order to ensure that born-digital collections are properly created, managed, and<br />
preserved, so that they can be transferred in good condition at a future date. 11<br />
This new kind of relationship between special collections repositories and creators will also help with description.<br />
Born-digital collections are by their nature not physical, but logically constructed and often virtual entities. They cannot be<br />
easily understood like paper collections, where much of the content, context, and structure are embedded in the physical<br />
form. 12 Special collections professionals must describe these collections in new and more robust ways in order to make<br />
digital collections useable over time. It would be beneficial to build on the work in this area that has been accomplished<br />
by electronic records management professionals. They have made great strides in identifying the descriptive elements<br />
necessary for digital collections. Most importantly, they agree that such description cannot be postponed, but must be<br />
undertaken from the moment of creation and be augmented throughout the life cycle of the digital collections. Electronic<br />
records management professionals also understand the power of leveraging the knowledge and expertise of creators in<br />
creating description, because there is no group better positioned to provide such information. 13<br />
11 For examples of guidance given by special collections departments to creators of digital collections, see the Beinecke Rare Book and<br />
Manuscript Library’s Authors’ Guidelines for Digital Preservation http://www.library.yale.edu/~nkuhl/AuthorsGuidelines.pdf and the<br />
documents created by the Paradigm Project http://www.paradigm.ac.uk/workbook/appendices/guidelines.html.<br />
12 Philip C. Bantin, Understanding Data and Information Systems for Recordkeeping, New York: Neal-Schuman Publishers, 2008, 14–15.<br />
13 Special thanks to Kevin Glick, Electronic Records Archivist at Yale, for providing insight for this section.<br />
Page 14 www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf
Recommendations:<br />
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
1. Donors and senior administrators need to be informed about the value and the costs of managing collections.<br />
Repositories need carefully to assess their own capabilities prior to accepting collections. Tools should be developed<br />
to assist in this process of assessment.<br />
2. The professionals and administrators who are charged with care of special collections must themselves take carefully<br />
into account the costs of preservation, processing and providing access, including digital access, when they accept or<br />
purchase a collection.<br />
3. The heads of archives and libraries, as well as their special collections staff, must educate donors to the<br />
consequences of lengthy restrictions on access, and should strive to balance considerations of individual privacy with<br />
those of scholarly access and the long-term interests of collections and their users.<br />
4. Rigorous, full, and accurate documentation of the source of any acquisition is essential.<br />
5. Archivists, curators, and librarians must support the work of records management staff and adopt early intervention<br />
practices in order to facilitate collecting, describing, and preserving new types of special collections, particularly those<br />
born-digital.<br />
www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf Page 15
II. Ensuring Discovery and Access<br />
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
While the appetite for using special collections seems to be growing exponentially, the hoard of unused evidence that is<br />
still locked up in our undescribed, “hidden collections” is incalculable. 14 Special collections too often remain hidden from<br />
view because their parent library lacks the resources to provide basic levels of descriptive metadata. While in some cases,<br />
special collections have moved to the head of the priority list, or close to it, this is true partly because other institutional<br />
imperatives (backlogs, retrospective conversion, holding data maintenance, etc.) are now seen as less urgent.<br />
It is also true that the digital environment makes it possible both to disclose and to make usable materials in<br />
challenging formats or uncataloged quantities. As publishers, libraries, museums, and archives reveal a portion of their<br />
treasures with online images, the public appetite for these materials, both online and in the original, “grows by that it<br />
feeds on.” 15 ARL directors need to address the resource problems that have held research libraries back from providing<br />
adequate descriptions of so much of the great national and international wealth of special collections.<br />
Addressing the Problem of Backlogs and “Hidden Collections”<br />
Many of the underlying considerations for setting processing priorities apply equally both to the overall choices<br />
that research libraries have to make and the internal criteria for making choices in special collections departments:<br />
preservation needs, likely scholarly value, links to complementary collections, potential rewards in support for institutional<br />
programs, and more.<br />
There are also external considerations to apply in setting processing priorities for special collections, including:<br />
• Support for the growth of evidence-based learning and teaching from collections 16<br />
• Tie-in with curriculum needs on campus and nationally<br />
• The potential of some particular collections to capture attention and thus to raise public awareness of the<br />
library’s special collections<br />
• Opportunities to attract private donations<br />
14 See “Hidden Collections, Scholarly Barriers: Creating Access to Unprocessed Special Collections Materials in North America’s Research<br />
Libraries” http://www.arl.org/rtl/speccoll/hidden/index.shtml.<br />
15 It is a common experience, for instance, that the demand to see the original materials increases when a digital surrogate is made available.<br />
16 Some examples of faculty and student engagement with special collections materials are detailed in the ARL Virtual & Instructional<br />
Initiatives Survey http://www.arl.org/rtl/roles/vrii/ in the report on the Special Collections Subtopic http://www.arl.org/bm~doc/<br />
vriispecialcollections.pdf.<br />
www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf Page 17
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
• Grant-giving opportunities funded by international and national or federal organizations 17<br />
• Potential for links with other programs, whether in other universities or further afield18 • Links to local communities and outreach programs, e.g., to a local/state historical society or the local chamber of<br />
commerce<br />
• Potential for cost recovery from the commercial sector19 Focus on Access in Setting Descriptive Standards<br />
“If it’s not [described] online, it doesn’t exist.” This saying, commonly applied by consumers in the 21st century to any<br />
form of information, applies with even more force to special collections. As managers of special collections repositories<br />
address the difficult task of setting priorities, they need to bear in mind the maxim that some access is better than none<br />
and the lack of any online description virtually amounts to no access. They should save perfection in descriptive practices<br />
for the most significant material or for that which cannot be described usefully at all without explicit detail. There is no<br />
excuse for books not to be described online. Inexpensive processes relying on vendors for sketchy or imperfect metadata<br />
is preferable to the alternative of not exposing the collection to use at all. Imperfect guides should be converted to digital<br />
with the least revision possible, focusing on data structure rather than upgrading the descriptive content as a first priority.<br />
The influential work of Greene and Meissner is extremely helpful here as a guide to making choices. 20<br />
There is a body of good practice and recommendations coming out of the work of professional organizations through<br />
committees such as the Bibliographic Standards Committee in ACRL/RBMS, the SAA Standards Committee, the Canadian<br />
Committee on Cataloguing (CCC), the Canadian Committee on Archival Description (CCAD), and other organizations.<br />
Descriptive standards such as Describing Archives: A Content Standard (DACS) emphasize flexibility and are designed<br />
to function independent of transmission format (e.g. MARC catalog records or EAD finding aids). 21 The development<br />
17 For the new CLIR program, Cataloging Hidden Special Collections and Archives: Building a New Research Environment, funded by the<br />
Andrew W. Mellon Foundation, see http://www.clir.org/hiddencollections/index.html. The Arcadia Fund’s Endangered Archives program made<br />
recent additional grants including one for $500,000 to UCLA Library. See http://www.Arcadiafund.org.uk. These are but two of the significant<br />
funding agencies with new programs to support archives and special collections. In recent years numerous ARL member libraries have received<br />
grants from federal funding agencies such as NEH, IMLS, NHPRC, NSF, and the TICFIAA (title VI) program, to cite just some examples.<br />
18 For example: 1) Harvard and Yale are both dealing with pamphlets, and both have projects on the First World War. 2) Yale is digitizing<br />
the Yale Daily News. Cornell has already digitized its student paper. Who else is doing the same? How might we combine, in a way that would<br />
be useful to all our campuses, and maybe provide a starting-point for some journalism courses? 3) CRL is working on the notion of adding a<br />
program in archiving human rights documentation to its Global Resources Network. How do we leverage this opportunity and combine forces<br />
with member universities, e.g., Duke, Notre Dame, Columbia, Yale, University of Connecticut, that have kindred collections as well as the soon<br />
to be opened Museum of Human Rights in Winnipeg, Manitoba?<br />
19 Right now the commercial sector’s interest is focused on genealogical material, such as census data, passenger lists, immigrant records<br />
and documents. Costs may be covered by the private sector but the library or archives will need to consider the “saleability” of what gets to be<br />
digitized and its attractiveness to the private sector.<br />
20 Mark A. Greene and Dennis Meissner, “More Product, Less Process: Revamping Traditional Archival Processing,” American Archivist 68<br />
no. 2 (Fall/Winter 2005): 208–63.<br />
21 See Society of American Archivists, Describing Archives: A Content Standard, Chicago, Society of American Archivists, 2004.<br />
Page 18 www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
and use of Encoded Archival Description (EAD) illustrates not only the importance but also the complexity of developing<br />
software tools and the necessary technical environment and shared practices that enable cost effective implementation. 22<br />
At the same time as adopting the most cost-effective standards and working to the maximum extent possible within<br />
the standards framework recommended by the professional associations, repositories need to acknowledge the added<br />
expense of some special collections description and access compared with other library materials. Unpublished materials<br />
and ephemera lack standard references such as titles, names of authors, and places of publication. They often require<br />
in-depth research to establish their date, authorship, provenance, or authenticity; and collections of such material are<br />
often incomplete, calling for explanation and reference to other sources. Such facts of life should be explained clearly in<br />
terms of the collections’ unique value to the academy and society, preferably with some well chosen illustrative examples.<br />
It must also be demonstrated that building and maintaining collaborative environments (linking repositories in the<br />
same geographic region, for instance) enables efficiencies and economies, and leads to the sharing of information and<br />
expertise. This fact applies with equal force to both digital and analog collections.<br />
User Contributions<br />
The experienced librarian or archivist knows that by presenting a collection to users, it may be possible to learn from the<br />
users just how much further description of that material might be desirable. Faculty and graduate students quarrying<br />
neglected collections for new sources may be called into service to describe those collections with a modicum of training<br />
and professional guidance. For example, with funding from Mellon, the University of Chicago is harnessing the talent<br />
of faculty and graduate students to assist with uncovering and describing metropolitan collections in African American<br />
history. 23<br />
Local history societies can uncover and then describe hidden gold in collections that have never commanded<br />
attention because they were thought to be unimportant in the broader picture of accepted knowledge. Repositories are<br />
also experimenting with interactive descriptive tools which invite visitors to their reading rooms or Web sites, or both, to<br />
contribute additional information. 24 Catalogs of special collections are protean and increasingly open; and that is good for<br />
access. Or to put it another way, access begets access.<br />
22 See, for example, The Archivists’ Toolkit http://archiviststoolkit.org/toolkit/oldSite/index.html. The Archivists’ Toolkit is an open<br />
source archival data management system to provide integrated support for accessioning, description, donor tracking, name and subject<br />
authority work, and location management for archival materials. Developed by the University of California, San Diego, New York University,<br />
and the Five Colleges, Inc., the effort to build this application benefited tremendously from the interested guidance of the archival community<br />
and was made possible with funding from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation. For examples of EAD best practices developed to encourage<br />
interoperability and common practice, see the RLG standards for EAD http://www.oclc.org/programs/ourwork/past/ead/bpg.pdf and the<br />
Northwest Digitial Archives’ NWDA Best Practices for Encoded Archival Description (EAD) http://orbiscascade.org/index/cms-filesystemaction?file=nwda/tools/nwdabpg%20version%203.4%2020080130.pdf.<br />
23 See “University of Chicago Explores Library-Faculty Partnerships in Uncovering Hidden Collections” http://www.arl.org/resources/pubs/<br />
br/br251.shtml.<br />
24 See, for example, Magia Ghetu Krause and Elizabeth Yakel, “Interaction in Virtual Archives: The Polar Bear Expedition Digital Collections<br />
Next Generation Finding Aid,” American Archivist 70, no. 2 (Fall/Winter 2007). See also: Polar Bear Expedition Digital Collections, http://<br />
polarbears.si.umich.edu/. Another example is the Library of Congress’ photostream on Flickr http://www.flickr.com/photos/library_of_congress<br />
that encourages visitors to add notes and comments to photos from their collections. Additional examples can be found in SPEC Kit 304 Social<br />
Software in Libraries July 2008.<br />
www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf Page 19
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
Cross-Institutional Collaboration and Cross-Collection Searching<br />
Changing habits among the users of special collections include the growing tendency to use new digital tools to mine<br />
data from collections. 25 Interactive opportunities lead communities of scholars and other users to share information and<br />
opinions about material within the electronic environment. Digitization has presented for some time the opportunity<br />
to bring together collections that are held in separate repositories, and that capability is now becoming part of the<br />
background to new collaborative enterprises. 26 There is a great opportunity to “integrate” all collections, archival and<br />
published, analogue and digital, through metadata and systems. For example, a biography of a military general could<br />
be supplemented by the letters or diaries of a soldier serving in the same mission. The user would be well served by<br />
being able to access material across formats and media within the same institution as well as across distance among<br />
institutions.<br />
Increasingly, funding bodies encourage collaborations among libraries, archives, and museums. As the recent<br />
work by RLG Programs on Library, Archive, and Museum Collaboration: Organizational and Service Relationships has<br />
suggested, 27 there is an opportunity here--we might say an imperative--for archivists, curators, and librarians to take<br />
the lead to work together to bring disparate parts of a potentially whole collection together. The special collections<br />
community, which includes the parent libraries and other repositories in which collections are held, has a responsibility<br />
to advocate for appropriate support at the highest levels of research and development. Where access to collections is<br />
understood as a dynamic and essential part of the academic environment, scholars will reap long-term benefits.<br />
Exhibitions<br />
Exhibitions are an excellent means for promoting public access to collections. To risk stating the obvious, the public<br />
promotion of collections is an essential professional tool. Here too, the archivist, curator, or librarian may work with<br />
students or the local community to produce a show, always taking preservation issues into account. Often the<br />
conservation activity involved in setting up the exhibition can provide an opportunity for publicity and fund-raising in<br />
its own right. A published descriptive catalog or a virtual version of the exhibition online ideally provides longevity and<br />
greater access to the exhibition.<br />
The publicity surrounding a special exhibition can promote the whole library or archive, as well as attract potential<br />
donors and provide a positive view of the organization in the local community. Working with the press and media<br />
on a regular basis, inviting them in for special previews, providing links between the work in hand and some other<br />
newsworthy event, making creative use of new software tools to design interactive exhibits Web sites: all this helps<br />
promote access not just for a one-off exhibition but for the library’s special collections as a whole. 28 We applaud the<br />
25 For a fuller discussion of data mining (or computing on collections) see page 28 in this report.<br />
26 See, for example, the Codex Sinaiticus Project Web site http://www.codexsinaiticus.org/en/ about the efforts of the British Library, the<br />
National Library of Russia, St. Catherines Monastery, and the Leipzig University Library to digitally reunite the dispersed fragments of the oldest<br />
Bible.<br />
27 See Diane Zorich, Günter Waibel, and Rickey Erway, Beyond the Silos of the LAMs: Collaboration Among Libraries, Archives, and<br />
Museums, Report produced by OCLC Programs and Research, 2008. Published online at http://www.oclc.org/programs/publications/<br />
reports/2008-05.pdf.<br />
28 Exhibits that highlight scholarly works that result from research on primary documents can increase awareness of the value of special<br />
collections. Other ways of increasing awareness of special collections include marketing primary materials via thumbnail images used as screen<br />
savers and login images on computers in learning commons, or posted via the library’s Web page. Some libraries have imagined listing scores<br />
of collections with tantalizing images under the header “hot topics and primary materials to support papers in History 200, English 400,” etc.<br />
Page 20 www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
extension of this practice to the digital world through the provision of online exhibitions that complement the physical<br />
ones. In all contexts, an online version of the exhibit is strongly recommended as a means of ensuring that a record is<br />
kept and the institution obtains maximum benefit from all the work involved in creating the exhibit in the first place.<br />
The skills that are needed to produce an exhibition and, still more, to make sure it gets attention, are not always the<br />
same skills that special collections librarians possess by training or inclination. Particularly in repositories with only a small<br />
staff to do all the work of caring for hundreds of special collections (and that means most ARL libraries), it is helpful to<br />
have a constituency of faculty and students who are ready and able to help. These campus “volunteers,” in turn, benefit<br />
from the exposure to primary materials.<br />
Digitization<br />
Digitization is a tool that special collections professionals have long used to promote access. Standards of practice in<br />
handling the objects and dealing with metadata are now well developed, and there is a swelling body of professional<br />
literature. 29 Some questions that should be highlighted here relate again to choices.<br />
• Is there a choice to be made, for instance, between providing fuller catalog treatment or supplying a preliminary<br />
record and linking it to scanned examples from the collections?<br />
• What priority should be given to the development of cross-searching mechanisms, which can expose kindred<br />
materials in separate collections?<br />
• And then, when cross-searching can be facilitated, what impact does that have on decisions about which<br />
collections to digitize?<br />
• How do we begin to think about families, or archival groups, of collections in a digital environment?<br />
Such questions have a critical impact on access because our decisions about them influence the way our users<br />
search, and what they expect to find. The changing nature of our custodial responsibility and the changing habits of<br />
those who use our collections come sharply into focus in the digital environment.<br />
Large-Scale Digitization<br />
In all the activities mentioned above, the electronic environment has transformed the opportunities for access and will<br />
continue to change the way we all do our work. Digitization is a tool used now in virtually all special collections libraries.<br />
Most recently, the mass digitization movement, which began with large general collections in some of the largest<br />
research libraries, has begun to focus on special collections. This turn of events has much to do with the legal morass<br />
ARL’s handsomely illustrated compilation Celebrating Research is another example of how a project that highlights individual collections can<br />
also raise the visibility and use of all special collections. The volume and companion Web site have been well received by current and potential<br />
users of the collections as well as by potential library donors. See http://www.celebratingresearch.org/.<br />
29 Harvard has provided a concise bibliography of the seminal sources which outline best practice for digitizing projects, http://preserve.<br />
harvard.edu/bibliographies/digitalplanning.pdf. Some common metadata standards can be found at http://dublincore.org/ (Dublin Core),<br />
http://www.loc.gov/standards/mets/ (Metadata Encoding & Transmission Standard (METS)) and http://www.loc.gov/standards/mods/<br />
(Metadata Object Description Schema (MODS)). For additional comment on the promise of digitizing special collections, see Ricky Erway and<br />
Jennifer Schaffner, “Shifting Gears: Gearing Up to Get Into the Flow.” Report produced by OCLC Programs and Research, 2007, published<br />
online at http://www.oclc.org/programs/publications/reports/2007-02.pdf.<br />
www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf Page 21
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
surrounding digitization of works in copyright and the issues of fair use and open access, as well as mass digitization<br />
simply extending its reach. Special collections from the 19th century and earlier, or indeed from any period up to the date<br />
of 1923 when copyright begins to kick in (in the US), have a special attraction because they present fewer problems of<br />
selection, rights clearance, and so on, than the large general collections that run over long periods.<br />
As there come to be diminishing returns from digitizing the books that most or many large libraries possess, the<br />
rare and unique become more attractive, even if more of a challenge to handle. Promoting access to special collections<br />
through large-scale digitization is a real opportunity for certain sorts of materials in particular: pamphlets, which can be<br />
handled in a similar way to books and in some cases using the same scanning equipment, even though calling for special<br />
care; rare books for the same reasons and with the same caveats; manuscripts and other unbound archival materials,<br />
maps, ephemera and other flat paper collections that lend themselves to treatment page by page.<br />
The “mass” approach also presents a whole range of special difficulties. Fragile material must be monitored by<br />
preservation experts, special workflows are needed to handle material that is not necessarily stored in book form on<br />
shelves, but inside boxes or cabinets. It is critically important to ensure that partners, especially commercial partners,<br />
understand the complexity of rights in special collections materials, and that repositories assert and protect those<br />
rights. Nevertheless large-scale digitization is an exciting option that will almost certainly become a fact of life for a<br />
significant number of special collections librarians and archivists in the near future. It calls for its own set of criteria to set<br />
intelligent priorities and to define the key issues that must be negotiated with digitizing partners such as: requirements<br />
for physical handling, expectations for use of the digitized files, standards for the files that ensure integrity and long term<br />
preservation, and respect for the public domain and copyright. 30<br />
Creating Metadata<br />
Having made choices about the priorities for processing collections, what are the technical opportunities for enhancing<br />
access? Digitization is of course preeminently a means of access to the content of original source materials. But, it is<br />
worth repeating the fundamental truth that without a means of identifying the material, and navigating its context,<br />
access to a physical original source or its digitized version will be a hit-and-miss business. It is not best practice to digitize<br />
material for public access without ensuring that an appropriate level of metadata is also provided. 31 Digitization without<br />
metadata is an abrogation of stewardship.<br />
Digitization, which is sometimes easier to finance through donations or special grants than basic description, should<br />
complement and enhance the catalog record. While it is not a good option to digitize or otherwise publish surrogates<br />
without generating descriptive metadata at some level, decisions do have to be made about what an appropriate level<br />
may be for a particular collection. There is a range of nuanced choices. For example, choices can be made between<br />
cataloging in more detail at the outset or providing a preliminary record. A higher-level, more general description than<br />
custom might prescribe can be revisited at a future date; and in the meantime, if it opens up a collection that has been<br />
effectively hidden, that enhances access. Broad collection-level description is worth doing for that reason alone.<br />
30 See, for example, Rick Johnson, “In Google’s Broad Wake: Taking Responsibility for Shaping the Global Digital Library,” ARL: A Bimonthly<br />
Report... http://www.arl.org/bm~doc/arlbr250digprinciples.pdf.<br />
31 One exception to this rule would be providing scanned images of material precisely so that it can be cataloged by someone working<br />
remotely.<br />
Page 22 www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf
Recommendations:<br />
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
6. Special collections professionals should take a lead in researching and developing new forms of access, and finding<br />
opportunities to apply them to special collections. Libraries and other repositories need to make the necessary<br />
investment in technology to advance the creation of tools, and support their staff in taking this lead.<br />
7. Adequate online metadata is an essential condition for good quality access to both the original and digitized versions<br />
of material. Minimal description is far better than none. Basic information about all collections (e.g., the initial record<br />
of acquisition) should be made available online as quickly as possible.<br />
8. Special collections description is increasingly open to interaction with the community of users. Archivists and<br />
librarians should encourage and take advantage of these interactions in order to promote access. Such interactions<br />
include mounting and using catalogs within social networking environments, and using and developing tools that<br />
allow researchers to contribute to the documented knowledge about a collection.<br />
9. Special exhibitions are important tools for promoting access, and should be accompanied by online digital versions,<br />
to be maintained after the physical exhibit is over.<br />
10. Large-scale digitization is an important option in the tool kit of special collections departments. Repositories should<br />
work with large-scale digitization vendors and partners to help negotiate and develop appropriate agreements for<br />
digitizing special collections. These arrangements should be broadly shared with the community as they occur.<br />
11. Repositories must also ensure that commercial partners respect and maintain basic rights over digital content.<br />
12. The Working Group recommends that ARL encourage and contribute to the RBMS development of a set of guidelines<br />
on issues relating to the mass digitization of special collections similar to the negotiation checklist developed for mass<br />
digitization of general collections.<br />
www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf Page 23
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
III. The Challenge of Born-Digital Collections<br />
The remarks in this section make several important assumptions, 32 some of which reflect a reality that as yet only a few,<br />
very large or very specialized, libraries and archival repositories are experiencing at first hand. Unexamined in this report<br />
as yet, is the overarching question, what are special collections in the digital environment? The ARL Working Group<br />
on Special Collections discussed several ways of answering this question. Answers will remain provisional, and often<br />
reflect local circumstances rather than a single way of looking at the question that can be applied across the board. The<br />
group generally agreed, first, that electronic commercial publications that mimic the form of their predecessors in the<br />
analog world generally are not special collections. Examples of these include e-Books and electronic journals and serials.<br />
Somewhere on the margins of digital special collections would be published aggregations of rare books, depending<br />
perhaps on the extent to which they already include appropriate metadata and editorial information. 33<br />
Digital special collections, in the view of the group, do include any materials that, on account of their content,<br />
uniqueness of format, or context, require non-standard descriptions or call for special treatment. Such special treatment<br />
would include archival selection and preservation; thus the institutional archives of the library’s or archive’s parent<br />
body (in the case of ARL members, generally but not always a university) are by definition special collections. Electronic<br />
records management is a hugely important skill in the management of special collections. Digital special collections also<br />
include the digitized versions of original material held in physical form by the institution: here, the activity of selecting for<br />
digitization and creating the appropriate metadata and mechanisms for storage, preservation, and access are among the<br />
key skills that are needed. Digital special collections also include, without question, numerous types of material that either<br />
would not be treated as so special in the parallel, analog universe, and not a few new formats. For example, a major<br />
category of digital special collections, growing rapidly already, is the electronic “papers,” including e-mail, of authors,<br />
artists, politicians, and others. 34 New types of special collections will only proliferate in the digital environment. Their<br />
treatment calls for new staff skills and also for careful integration with the more traditional forms of special collections<br />
32 Two recent reports provide a context for addressing the digital challenges of special collections. For a broad-brush overview of the state<br />
of digital repository services in research libraries, see “The Research Library’s Role in Digital Repository Services,” a report prepared by an<br />
ARL Task Force and released in February 2009. It includes a “Horizon Analysis” projecting key shifts in the digital repository landscape in the<br />
next seven years, identifies key areas for research library engagement, and calls on research libraries to act to ensure an ongoing role in digital<br />
repository service development. The full text of the report is freely available at http://www.arl.org/bm~doc/repository-services-report.pdf. In<br />
addition, for an assessment of the state of preservation activities in research libraries, including those in relation to digital resources, see the<br />
forthcoming report by ARL Visiting Program Officer Lars Meyer, Emory University, “Safeguarding Collections at the Dawn of the 21st Century:<br />
Describing & Measuring Contemporary Preservation Activities in ARL Libraries” to be released in spring 2009 on the ARL Web site.<br />
33 The Working Group chose not to focus on the ways in which e-research and e-science data might be viewed as an important form of 21st<br />
century special collection, leaving that to the ARL Working Group on e-Science and others.<br />
34 For an examination of the issues of personal digital collections, see the ARIADNE/Digital Lives Research Project in the UK http://ariadne.<br />
ac.uk/issue55/williams-et-al/.<br />
www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf Page 25
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
that they often complement. This section of our report alludes to some ways in which these new types of collections are<br />
developing now.<br />
Models of How to Handle Digital Materials in Special Collections<br />
The growing proportion of born-digital materials in special collections will shift the focus of digital curation from ad hoc,<br />
focused efforts for the occasional digital accession to established policies, procedures, and workflows that can manage<br />
these materials routinely. Organizations increasingly are experiencing pressure to muster the financial, administrative, and<br />
technical resources that such standardized practices require.<br />
Special collections practices until now have tended to be shaped by an approach that privileges the unique needs of<br />
each body of materials rather than standardized, production-oriented processes that allow for their expeditious handling.<br />
Just as the level of customized work on traditional formats is being replaced by “processing light” and similar approaches,<br />
digital materials require a similar approach that emphasizes expeditious availability along with long-term stewardship.<br />
The United States National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) is providing helpful guidance for the rest of the<br />
community in this sphere. 35 There is also much to be learned from litigation support and computer forensics technology. 36<br />
There is a well-established set of core functional activities for managing and appraising special collections, including<br />
accessioning, physical management and preservation, description, and access. The OAIS reference model, 37 for example,<br />
provides a framework that mirrors these traditional functions in a digital environment and institutions with a responsibility<br />
for special collections need to respond to the need for each of them. To a degree not present in the analog environment,<br />
participation in the evolution of information recording technologies and collaboration with creators and service providers<br />
is essential to effective curation of digital materials. 38 Both the inherent stability of many analog media (especially ink<br />
on paper) and the ability of creators and service providers to manage them with little technical expertise or concern for<br />
long-term preservation and access are absent for digital materials. Early intervention and deep technical knowledge and<br />
skills are required in ways that most special collections repositories have not been attuned to or organized for. Even if<br />
repositories develop new approaches and capabilities in-house, the dynamic nature of digital materials requires effective<br />
partnerships with others, especially including information technology specialists. Case studies are needed to illustrate<br />
possible approaches and to help individual repositories avoid the thankless work of reinventing solutions in isolation. 39<br />
35 See, for example, “Strategy for Digitizing Archival Materials for Public Access, 2007–2016” http://www.archives.gov/digitization/strategy.<br />
html and “Lifecycle Data Requirement Guide” found at http://www.archives.gov/digitization/guidance.html.<br />
36 See, for example, “Adapting Existing Technologies for Digitally Archiving Personal Lives” in which Jeremy Leighton John addresses the<br />
relevancy of existing technologies in computer forensics to the needs of digital curation http://www.bl.uk/ipres2008/presentations_day1/09_<br />
John.pdf. Strategies for recovering digital works so that they can be preserved are explored in “Finding and Archiving the Internet Footprint” by<br />
Simson Garfinkel and David Cox http://www.simson.net/clips/academic/2009.BL.InternetFootprint.pdf.<br />
37 The Consultative Committee for Space Data Systems’ recommendation for the OAIS reference model is available at http://public.ccsds.org/<br />
publications/archive/650x0b1.pdf.<br />
38 Illustrations of effective, early partnerships with creators of digital content include the sustained conversations between expected donors<br />
of personal papers, such as elected officials or authors, and curators to discuss and influence the scope and organization of the materials to be<br />
deposited.<br />
39 The work of the National Digital Information Infrastructure and Preservation Program (NDIPP) promises useful case studies in this area.<br />
Included in the sixty-seven partners (as of March 2007) are eight consortial partnerships comprising thirty-three institutions that are selecting,<br />
collecting, and preserving specific types of digital content. For an example of a significant attempt to capture born digital resources, in this case<br />
the Web, see the Internet Archive http://www.archive.org.<br />
Page 26 www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
The need for early intervention, or for widely shared norms for accepting digital content (for instance standard<br />
file formats, such as the ones from the LAC and PRONOM from the UK 40 ) requires a range of activities that ensure the<br />
capture and preservation of digital materials much earlier and with much less selectivity than is currently the case for<br />
analog materials. By working with those individuals who are developing information systems, repositories might influence<br />
the integration of transparent or intuitive selection and preservation tools to make the capture of materials more reliable<br />
and effective. Many of these systems, such as courseware applications that contain records of teaching, once preserved<br />
in paper filing systems and often considered ephemeral, need to facilitate better the permanent retention of products<br />
that provide evidence of the teaching and learning process. Libraries and archives working with faculty and other users<br />
have to develop new approaches to selection and preservation as they consider whether to migrate content. Working<br />
with institutional repository services, special collections professionals find that they are obliged to create mechanisms for<br />
provisional accessioning of digital materials that will allow their ongoing preservation, before decisions on their long-term<br />
value can be made. Influencing the development of tools and educating creators in effective methods of managing and<br />
saving digital materials must serve much the same function as records management – ensuring a stable body of materials<br />
from which selection can be made.<br />
Descriptive Practices and the Provision of Continuing Access<br />
Descriptive practices need to leverage existing directory schemes, much in the same way archivists use the original file<br />
plans as their basis for arranging records in physical form. Powerful full-text search engines and browsing capabilities<br />
need to be integrated into access mechanisms in ways that complement or diminish the need for traditional arrangement<br />
and description. To the extent that metadata is built into digital materials, they may become self-describing and the task<br />
of the cataloger or processor becomes more one of extracting descriptive metadata rather than creating it from scratch.<br />
Integrating digital materials that are part of larger collections that include more traditional analog materials as well will<br />
require descriptive practices that are nimble in providing integrated access to all components.<br />
Except on the smallest scale, the challenges of digital storage and preservation will be beyond the capacity of almost<br />
all special collections repositories. The volume of digital materials that will flow into special collections repositories is such<br />
that it requires collaboration with other repositories and service providers with the capacity and capabilities to house and<br />
manage them. In the context of such collaborative arrangements, the stewards of special collections must draw attention<br />
to the particular needs of their collections and their users. Preservation and retrieval capabilities will need to be defined<br />
and audited routinely in ways that are foreign for most traditional collections. Ongoing content migration, emulation, or<br />
other strategies to ensure long-term accessibility – along with media migration – need to be in place and monitored.<br />
Ongoing access to digital materials requires the development, implementation, and maintenance of search engines,<br />
interfaces, and delivery mechanisms that meet evolving user needs. Experience has shown that most developments in<br />
these areas come from large-scale commercial, scientific, and production environments other than cultural institutions<br />
and shape user expectations in ways that repositories are forced to respond to. The skills needed to take advantage of<br />
these developments are expensive because of competition from these other environments and not readily available to<br />
libraries and archival repositories. Once again, collaboration and partnerships – including the occasional possibility of<br />
transferring responsibility to other entities – will be the only way in which special collections departments can fulfill their<br />
40 See descriptions of the file format at http://www.collectionscanada.gc.ca/government/002/007002-3017-e.html and http://www.<br />
nationalarchives.gov.uk/pronom/.<br />
www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf Page 27
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
stewardship obligations for digital materials. Archivists, curators, and librarians need to be involved in campus planning<br />
for local cyber-infrastructure capabilities.<br />
Two points need to be made here. First, indexing and or responsibility for access may no longer fall so strongly to<br />
libraries and archives. At some level, new scholarly practices may involve giving copies of sizeable digital corpora to<br />
interested scholars who will then perform various kinds of computing on them, some of it to get access, some to rank,<br />
some to summarize or interpret, some to do inference across multiple collections. These new points of access may be<br />
more specialized, variable, and situational than what the library or archive can be expected to offer. They may also be<br />
experimental, or requiring of subsequent scholarly interpretation. A second point to be made about access to digital<br />
materials is that sometimes, the best or only thing that the library or archive can do is to use some clearly insufficient<br />
technology, and then wait and re-run the technology later when it improves. This may be the case with some image or<br />
recorded speech collections, where significant effort and money is being expended to advance the state of the art, and<br />
what can be done in ten years computationally to provide access to the collection is likely to be much better than what<br />
can be done today.<br />
A major theme that emerges during digital curation is the need for partnerships and collaborations – those that<br />
involve transferring responsibility for activities that repositories have managed for traditional analog materials. Defining<br />
requirements, identifying partners with the capabilities and capacity to meet those requirements, and routine monitoring<br />
of their performance need to become an integral part of strategies for managing digital materials in special collections.<br />
An example of these new types of partnerships/collaborations is the outsourcing of indexing of various corpora to Google<br />
and others.<br />
Recommendations: (with some talking points on digitization privacy/institutional liability<br />
concerns)<br />
13. New definitions need to be created for determining the scope of digital special collections, so that stakeholders<br />
can understand the nature of special collections professionals’ responsibilities. These include a responsibility for<br />
harvesting and preserving endangered web sites, wikis and other dynamic information resources.<br />
14. There is also a pressing need for training programs that will help administrators as well as special collections<br />
professionals to understand their responsibilities in this environment. Digital awareness is a responsibility that library<br />
managements need to address most especially in dealing with special collections.<br />
15. Digitization makes visible materials that may be “public” but not broadly shared, such as legal records, which<br />
remain “practically obscure” in paper form thus providing some measure of privacy protection. With digitization,<br />
the access/privacy balance is shifted and can result in unintended consequences that may raise liability concerns for<br />
the institution. Institutions may end up facing requests to redact or take down content that has been put online. 41<br />
There is a need for those in charge of special collections to understand and have ready access to a clear institutional<br />
policy and procedure for responding to such requests, that ensures actions are taken in light of the most current legal<br />
decision in this field.<br />
41 Consider, for example, the recent Vanginderen case at Cornell University, where an alumnus sued the university for breach of privacy<br />
because their digitized version of the student newspaper contained an unfavorable story about him.<br />
Page 28 www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
16. The imperative to collaborate becomes far more apparent in the digital environment. Special collections librarians<br />
and archivists should both welcome and seek out collaborations, with museums and galleries, with scholars creating<br />
electronic databases, with lawyers, with information technologists, and with the creators and custodians of digital<br />
repositories (who will not necessarily be the libraries themselves, as the needs for electronic preservation diversify<br />
and grow).<br />
17. There is an ongoing need for case studies that can illustrate possible approaches to early intervention with digital<br />
records creators, institutional collaborations, and partnerships with information technology specialists.<br />
www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf Page 29
Conclusion<br />
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
The leaders of research libraries have an opportunity to shape the future direction of special collections as a key element<br />
of our libraries. The recommendations included in this report call for the research library community not only to support<br />
and endorse the extraordinary work of our special collections professionals, but also to provide, with their help, tools,<br />
guides, and partnerships that will point to future directions.<br />
19th- and 20th-century materials present special challenges because they cover all formats and engage us with the<br />
issues of copyright and intellectual property, privacy, and restrictions on access, as well as the technological challenges<br />
and opportunities arising from digital technology. But the issues we have identified here relate in different ways to all<br />
special collections, whatever their format and from whatever period they may derive. The important message that we<br />
wish to deliver is that special collections, taken together, define the distinctive features of the modern research library.<br />
We hope that the leadership of research libraries will take this opportunity and seize this moment, to support and<br />
advocate for actions that reposition special collections to maximize their use for scholarship and teaching.<br />
We hope to see these actions undertaken within the closest possible collaboration with the leading professional<br />
bodies (e.g., RBMS and SAA) that handle special collections in our libraries. We also hope to promote closer collaboration<br />
within the parent organizations of ARL member libraries (mostly universities), encouraging efforts that draw together<br />
collaborations on campus and between campuses and other bodies. ARL has an opportunity for critically important<br />
influence.<br />
With ARL endorsement of this direction, the Working Group proposes to develop the following set of<br />
recommendations into an action agenda for itself or other groups within ARL and to undertake efforts to engage other<br />
segments of the library and higher education communities in advancing the agenda.<br />
www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf Page 31
Appendices<br />
Recommendations<br />
I. Collecting Carefully, with Regard to Costs, and Ethical and Legal Concerns<br />
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
1. Donors and senior administrators need to be informed about the value and the costs of managing collections.<br />
Repositories need carefully to assess their own capabilities prior to accepting collections. Tools should be<br />
developed to assist in this process of assessment.<br />
2. The professionals and administrators who are charged with care of special collections must themselves take<br />
carefully into account the costs of preservation, processing and providing access, including digital access, when<br />
they accept or purchase a collection.<br />
3. The heads of archives and libraries, as well as their special collections staff, must educate donors to the<br />
consequences of lengthy restrictions on access, and should strive to balance considerations of individual privacy<br />
with those of scholarly access and the long-term interests of collections and their users.<br />
4. Rigorous, full, and accurate documentation of the source of any acquisition is essential.<br />
5. Archivists, curators, and librarians must support the work of records management staff and adopt early<br />
intervention practices in order to facilitate collecting, describing, and preserving new types of special collections,<br />
particularly those born-digital<br />
II. Ensuring Discovery and Access<br />
6. Special collections professionals should take a lead in researching and developing new forms of access, and<br />
finding opportunities to apply them to special collections. Libraries and other repositories need to make the<br />
necessary investment in technology to advance the creation of tools, and support their staff in taking this lead.<br />
7. Adequate online metadata is an essential condition for good quality access to both the original and digitized<br />
versions of material. Minimal description is far better than none. Basic information about all collections (e.g., the<br />
initial record of acquisition) should be made available online as quickly as possible.<br />
www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf Page 33
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
8. Special collections description is increasingly open to interaction with the community of users. Archivists<br />
and librarians should encourage and take advantage of these interactions in order to promote access. Such<br />
interactions include mounting and using catalogs within social networking environments, and using and<br />
developing tools that allow researchers to contribute to the documented knowledge about a collection.<br />
9. Special exhibitions are important tools for promoting access, and should be accompanied by online digital<br />
versions, to be maintained after the physical exhibit is over.<br />
10. Large-scale digitization is an important option in the tool kit of special collections departments. Repositories<br />
should work with large-scale digitization vendors and partners to help negotiate and develop appropriate<br />
agreements for digitizing special collections. These arrangements should be broadly shared with the community<br />
as they occur.<br />
11. Repositories must also ensure that commercial partners respect and maintain basic rights over digital content.<br />
12. The Working Group recommends that ARL encourage and contribute to the RBMS development of a set of<br />
guidelines on issues relating to the mass digitization of special collections similar to the negotiation checklist<br />
developed for mass digitization of general collections.<br />
III. The Challenge of Born-Digital Collections<br />
13. New definitions need to be created for determining the scope of digital special collections, so that stakeholders<br />
can understand the nature of special collections professionals’ responsibilities. These include a responsibility for<br />
harvesting and preserving endangered web sites, wikis and other dynamic information resources.<br />
14. There is also a pressing need for training programs that will help administrators as well as special collections<br />
professionals to understand their responsibilities in this environment. Digital awareness is a responsibility that<br />
library managements need to address most especially in dealing with special collections.<br />
15. Digitization makes visible materials that may be “public” but not broadly shared, such as legal records, which<br />
remain “practically obscure” in paper form thus providing some measure of privacy protection. With digitization,<br />
the access/privacy balance is shifted and can result in unintended consequences that may raise liability concerns<br />
for the institution. Institutions may end up facing requests to redact or take down content that has been put<br />
online. There is a need for those in charge of special collections to understand and have ready access to a clear<br />
institutional policy and procedure for responding to such requests, which ensures actions are taken in light of the<br />
most current legal decision in this field.<br />
16. The imperative to collaborate becomes far more apparent in the digital environment. Special collections<br />
librarians and archivists should both welcome and seek out collaborations, with museums and galleries, with<br />
scholars creating electronic databases, with lawyers, with information technologists, and with the creators and<br />
Page 34 www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
custodians of digital repositories (who will not necessarily be the libraries themselves, as the needs for electronic<br />
preservation diversify and grow).<br />
17. There is an ongoing need for case studies that can illustrate possible approaches to early intervention with digital<br />
records creators, institutional collaborations, and partnerships with information technology specialists.<br />
www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf Page 35
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
Working Group Charge<br />
February 23, 2007<br />
ARL WORKING GROUP ON SPECIAL COLLECTIONS<br />
Special Collections in the Context of New and Expanding Library Roles<br />
An objective within the scope of ARL’s Research, Teaching, and Learning Steering Committee is<br />
“Building and supporting collaborative integration and enduring access to comprehensive research collections<br />
and resources in all formats that advance research, teaching, and learning.”<br />
It is within this broad context that the steering committee set for itself a strategic priority of addressing<br />
the changing nature of collections, collection management, and collection use. Potentially, this might embrace<br />
many areas of inquiry for ARL but, in the view of the steering committee, none so pressing as addressing<br />
issues associated with the collection, surfacing, and leveraging of special collections.<br />
Therefore, the Research, Teaching, and Learning Steering Committee is establishing a Working<br />
Group on Special Collections.<br />
Charge to the Working Group<br />
The Working Group on Special Collections is charged with advising the Research, Teaching, and<br />
Learning Steering Committee on special collections issues on an ongoing basis. In this context, “special<br />
collections” is construed broadly to include distinctive material in all media and attendant library services.<br />
Priority Issues<br />
The two issues that the Steering Committee identifies as first priorities for the attention of the<br />
Working Group are<br />
1. Identify opportunities and recommend actions for ARL and other organizations that will encourage<br />
concerted action and coordinated planning for collecting and exposing 19th- and 20th-century materials in all formats (rare books, archives and manuscripts, audio, and video, etc).<br />
2. Identify criteria and strategies for collecting digital and other new media material that currently<br />
lack a recognized and responsible structure for stewardship.<br />
These two issues are closely linked. An enormous amount of valuable material in all formats remains<br />
uncollected and risks being permanently lost. Coordinated strategies for identifying, collecting, preserving,<br />
and exposing these materials are greatly needed.<br />
International efforts are underway – and more are needed – to support the digitization of 19 th- and<br />
20 th -century newspapers and books. Even before such digitization is possible, strong efforts must be made to<br />
Page 36 www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf
identify and acquire culturally significant materials from these periods.<br />
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
While individual libraries should ultimately take action to acquire and expose such materials, ARL<br />
can provide leadership for encouraging collective activities. These would include but not be limited to,<br />
collection analysis, identification of gaps, coordination, and use of a “preliminary record” for identifying<br />
and making accessible otherwise hidden collections.<br />
General Issues<br />
In addition to the priority issues listed above, the Working Group may also wish to advise the Steering<br />
Committee about the following:<br />
• ways to illustrate examples of how special collections contribute to innovative research, teaching,<br />
and learning.<br />
• contributing to the work underway within ARL to develop qualitative and quantitative measures for<br />
the evaluation of special collections. These might include a target for surfacing hidden collections<br />
and mechanisms for tracking progress.<br />
• contributing to and/or validating the work being done by the ACRL/RBMS Core Competencies<br />
Task Force to define the skills needed for work in special collections.<br />
From time to time, the RTL Steering Committee may ask the Working Group to provide advice on other<br />
issues. For example, the Working Group may be asked to address preservation strategies for special<br />
collections in both physical and electronic spheres following Steering Committee discussion of a report from<br />
the ARL Task Force on the Future of Preservation in ARL Libraries.<br />
Timeframe, Reports & Assessment<br />
The Working Group is expected to be ongoing. However, the RTL Steering Committee asks the<br />
Working Group to report on their progress semi-annually.<br />
No later than October 2008, the RTL Steering Committee will review the charge to the Working<br />
Group, assess accomplishments, and consider if this is the most effective way to ensure that the special<br />
collections agenda remains strategic to the directions ARL has set.<br />
Proposed by Research, Teaching, and Learning Steering Committee, October 18, 2006<br />
Endorsed by Executive Committee November 21, 2006<br />
Revised February 23, 2007 in consultation with Chairs and ARL Executive Committee<br />
www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf Page 37
Special Collections in ARL Libraries<br />
March 2009<br />
Glossary<br />
ACRL Association of College and Research Libraries<br />
ARL Association of Research Libraries<br />
CCAD Canadian Committee on Archival Description<br />
CCC Canadian Cataloging Committee<br />
CLIR Council on Library and Information Resources<br />
CNI Coalition for Networked Information<br />
DACS Describing Archives: A Content Standard<br />
EAD Encoded Archival Description<br />
NARA National Archives and Records Administration<br />
NWDA Northwest Digital Archive<br />
OCLC Online Computer Library Center<br />
RBMS Rare Books and Manuscripts Section<br />
SAA Society of American Archivists<br />
Page 38 www.arl.org/bm~doc/scwg-report.pdf
Collaborative Print Repositories: A Case<br />
Study of Library Directors' Views<br />
by Cathy Maskell, Jennifer Soutter and Kristina Oldenburg<br />
Available online 2 April 2010<br />
Surveys library directors in the Ontario<br />
Council of University Libraries consortium<br />
regarding weeding, last copy print<br />
archiving, and the role of the consortium.<br />
Responses reveal divergent opinions but an<br />
answer lies in partnerships. Cost remains an<br />
over-riding factor and the uncertainty of<br />
future budgets make commitment to<br />
long-term planning difficult.<br />
Cathy Maskell, Associate University Librarian,<br />
Leddy Library, University of Windsor<br />
;<br />
Jennifer Soutter, Digital Resources Librarian,<br />
Leddy Library, University of Windsor<br />
;<br />
Kristina Oldenburg, works as a<br />
reference librarian in Vancouver, BC<br />
.<br />
Document 9<br />
242 The Journal of Academic Librarianship, Volume 36, Number 3, pages 242–249<br />
INTRODUCTION<br />
The academic library is a different place, both physically and virtually,<br />
than it was 10 or even 5 years ago. Students and faculty demand access<br />
to digital collections at any time and from any place. Bricks-and-mortar<br />
libraries increasingly house technology labs, multimedia rooms, group<br />
study rooms, and cafés. Often, the library is one of the main computing<br />
centers on campus, facing ever-increasing calls for adequate electrical<br />
and network connections, more computer workstations, and a wide<br />
range of printing and scanning services. 1 Developing these user spaces<br />
usually means re-purposing existing physical facilities by shrinking<br />
collection footprints, since there is rarely money for new buildings.<br />
Thus many academic libraries are undertaking large-scale evaluations<br />
of their print collections to decrease the footprint of stacks and liberate<br />
space to expand technology and service areas. With the increasing<br />
duplication of print content in digital resources, the focus of this<br />
evaluation is often on journal collections.<br />
As the size and use of digital collections increases, the use of print<br />
resources decreases, particularly print journals. With pressures on<br />
space intensifying, these journal collections are being earmarked as<br />
candidates for storage, either within the institution or in some form of<br />
collaborative facility with other libraries. This leaves librarians<br />
grappling with what storage option best fits their needs and<br />
capabilities. Cooperative efforts to maintain at least one print copy<br />
of what is available digitally present an attractive option. 2 This<br />
collaboration usually involves libraries working together to house<br />
print serial volumes duplicated in digital, providing a backup in case<br />
access to the electronic version is lost, as well as archiving a print copy<br />
in case it is needed for future research.<br />
As academic libraries recognize the need to evaluate print<br />
collections and even weed those collections to liberate space, they<br />
also have a number of concerns about the effects of such initiatives on<br />
research, learning, and teaching support for their academic communities.<br />
Issues include the reliability of digital content, how well the<br />
digital replicates the print, and the possible long-term value the print<br />
artifact may have for research and scholarship.<br />
This article presents the results of a survey of library directors<br />
regarding their respective institutions' need for wide scale evaluation<br />
of print collections. It examines their need to weed or relocate<br />
items, their views on last copy print archiving, and their opinions<br />
on their consortium's role in any cooperative or shared last-print<br />
copy initiative. 3 The institutions are members of the Ontario Council<br />
of University Libraries (OCUL). Ontario university libraries face<br />
issues, noted in the literature review below, that confront academic<br />
libraries in locations around the world. The article begins with an<br />
overview of current issues relating to collaborative storage facilities<br />
for print collections. The literature review examines issues,<br />
practices, and context presented in scholarly articles, as well as in
policy documents available on the open web. Following the<br />
overview, data gathered from OCUL directors is presented. The<br />
directors' discussions reveal the increasing urgency for more storage<br />
space, and an interesting diversity of opinion about what print<br />
content should be stored and how.<br />
EXISTING LITERATURE<br />
Terminology<br />
There are a variety of terms used to discuss facilities that house<br />
low-use materials. These include repository, depository, archives, and<br />
storage. For print materials, Payne stresses the ownership of materials<br />
deposited as the difference between a depository and a repository. 4 In a<br />
depository, libraries retain ownership of submitted materials, and in a<br />
repository, libraries transfer ownership of submitted materials to the<br />
facility. For digital resources the terms digital archive, digital repository,<br />
trusted digital repository and institutional repository have all been used<br />
to discuss long-term archiving of digital resources. 5 For the purposes<br />
of this paper the term print storage facility is used when discussing<br />
facilities or initiatives for print materials, as the issue of ownership is<br />
not the central focus of this study. The term digital repository is used<br />
when discussing storage initiatives for digital resources.<br />
Collaborative Print Storage<br />
Collaborative print storage efforts have many champions, whether<br />
for a distributed model at a regional, consortial, or national level, or<br />
sharing a common facility for which all members share costs for<br />
construction and operations. Schottlaender describes a vision that<br />
includes a distributed collection model, with print storage responsibilities<br />
spread amongst local collections, regional repositories, and<br />
archival repositories. 6 Even with the lower costs of electronic journals,<br />
there is ongoing demand for some access to print, therefore “it is most<br />
cost-effective if a group of libraries can share the cost of one print<br />
subscription housed in off-site storage.” 7 While Agee and Naper<br />
describe global resource sharing as “a distant goal,” 8 the dean of the<br />
Drexel Libraries states that it is viable. Indeed, he expresses a<br />
willingness to discard low-use material, trusting that someone,<br />
somewhere, is retaining copies. He states that:<br />
archival storage in most subject areas is not part of the mission of the Drexel<br />
Library. On a national, even international, basis archiving of old, little-used<br />
materials would be much more cost-effective if done centrally or in a few places<br />
for redundancy. This is true of both electronic and print formats. We are willing<br />
to make the leap of faith necessary in believing that this will happen, and are<br />
ready to pay the cost of access to the archived materials when they are needed. 9<br />
Whatever the organizational structure or strategy, the overarching<br />
theme of much of the literature on print collections storage is one of<br />
libraries working together to ensure ongoing access to the intellectual<br />
content of material. Academic libraries are collaborating to store or<br />
preserve last-copy print and low-use collections that take up valuable<br />
floor space.<br />
“Whatever the organizational structure or<br />
strategy, the overarching theme of much of the<br />
literature on print collections storage is one of<br />
libraries working together to ensure ongoing<br />
access to the intellectual content of material.”<br />
Existing Collaborations<br />
Many libraries are already working together to establish storage<br />
facilities for such materials, and this is apparent in the library<br />
literature. O'Connor, Wells, and Collier surveyed the research on<br />
cooperative or shared storage, examining initiatives in the United<br />
Kingdom, Australia, Finland, France, the United States, and Canada. 10<br />
O'Connor and Jilovsky updated the international survey in 2009. They<br />
stress repurposing within library buildings, noting that the primary<br />
impetus for reviews of print collection footprints “has not been the<br />
advent of the digital book replacement but new directions for library<br />
physical space.” 11 In her study of library storage facilities in North<br />
America, Lizanne Payne identifies the key trends: a. shared print<br />
journal archive agreements for consortia or library systems; b. the<br />
development of last copy preservation agreements; c. the development<br />
of virtual storage wherein members may rely on items already<br />
stored by other members; d. mass digitization initiatives; and e. the<br />
implementation of local scanning and print-on-demand technology. 12<br />
Su provides some examples and opinions of these trends in his<br />
2006 report for the Canadian Association of Research Libraries' (<strong>CARL</strong>)<br />
Committee on Scholarly Communication. 13 This includes the recommendation<br />
that last print copy and low-use copy storage solutions<br />
should be regional responsibilities. He also describes print storage<br />
facility initiatives at eight individual institutions and four regional or<br />
provincial groups. 14 The Book and Record Depository (BARD), located<br />
in Alberta, is one of these provincial groups. There are two member<br />
universities; one owns the space and charges rental fees to the other.<br />
The goal is to store one “definitive copy of a particular holding,” with<br />
ownership transferred to BARD upon deposit. 15 The Annex, in the<br />
province of Ontario, is an example of regional storage collaboration.<br />
The TriUniversity Group (TUG) of Libraries – the University of Guelph,<br />
the University of Waterloo, and Wilfrid Laurier University – share<br />
storage but retain ownership of their materials. This facility had been<br />
filling faster than anticipated, so the members developed agreements<br />
and procedures for weeding paper copies of journals for which there<br />
were stable electronic versions. 16<br />
As in so many other libraries, space was the concern driving the<br />
print storage initiatives described in the <strong>CARL</strong> report. Institutions<br />
wanted to maximize existing facilities to accommodate changing<br />
demands, as well as the growth of their in-house collections. A<br />
consortium in Atlantic Canada, for example, was prompted by the<br />
recognition that “new methods of information delivery, access and<br />
management require new library spaces: or reallocation and redesign<br />
of existing spaces to accommodate new needs.” 17 Su also notes the<br />
need for further collaboration among libraries to develop more<br />
comprehensive storage initiatives and manage those initiatives on a<br />
long-term basis.<br />
Policy Development for Collaboration<br />
Libraries that are contributing to collaborative storage facilities<br />
often follow jointly-developed policies. 18 These govern such things as<br />
the ownership of stored materials, selection processes for adding<br />
materials to the facility, duplication policies, and services provided. 19<br />
Effective collaborations share a number of traits. Knoche 20 and<br />
Shelton 21 both interviewed librarians to identify key characteristics<br />
of successful joint projects. Shelton described a number of features<br />
that were integral to achieving shared collection development goals.<br />
Good communication, objectives, and technology – combined with<br />
flexibility – were all essential for the organizations to achieve their<br />
common objectives. Knoche found many of the same attributes and<br />
also noted the importance of trust, committed leadership, and a<br />
positive climate. Proximity is another important factor. 22<br />
Institutions that had worked together before, had senior administrators<br />
committed to the project from the outset, and had clear-yetflexible<br />
goals were likely to succeed. Good technological support,<br />
infrastructure, and expertise are also evident in successful facilities.<br />
Successful collaborations allowed time for member institutions to<br />
consult and deliberate before the project got started. An equal<br />
commitment from all institutions was important, along with a<br />
May 2010 243
willingness to consider the goals of the groups, rather than just the<br />
individual institutions. 23 Seaman describes this attitude in his case<br />
study of the Preservation and Access Service Center for Colorado<br />
Academic Libraries (PASCAL) collaborative storage facility. He notes<br />
that, “each library brought unique collections and user demands to the<br />
partnership, but it also was recognized that such a collaborative<br />
facility could contribute to a shared storage solution and could offer<br />
unique services for the benefit of a much larger community.” 24<br />
Preventing duplication can prove complicated, as PASCAL contributors<br />
learned. “Subtle” differences between practices, such as one<br />
institution cataloguing by unique title and another by series, can make<br />
avoiding duplication difficult. 25<br />
Shelton also identified potential barriers to the success of<br />
collaborative storage facilities. 26 These included resistance by participating<br />
libraries or uneven participation by member libraries,<br />
difficulties agreeing on governance and priorities, and uneven funding<br />
sources. However, advisory committees can help win librarians'<br />
support for a project. It is also important to make sure that the<br />
academic communities do not lose access to the materials they need<br />
for research and teaching.<br />
Affects on Research and Use<br />
There is general agreement that most scholarly research would not<br />
be disrupted by the removal of older print journal volumes; patrons<br />
do not usually need access to the print version of a serial when it is<br />
available electronically. Tyler and Zillig reported that older print<br />
journals rarely circulated, leading them to conclude that volumes<br />
“simultaneously available electronically…could profitably be moved<br />
to storage without causing patrons any great distress.” 27 Kaplan,<br />
Steinberg and Doucette reported similar findings after examining use<br />
patterns, citations, and interlibrary loan statistics of older print<br />
journals. 28 Newby's survey of mathematicians revealed “a majority” of<br />
respondents preferred access to the electronic version, when both<br />
formats of the same resources were available. 29 McCarthy likewise<br />
described “an evolving absence of need” for print journals, and noted<br />
“little or no reaction” when access was further limited for serials in<br />
remote storage. 30 Like their patrons, many librarians are seeing less<br />
and less value in holding on to print versions of electronic journals. 31<br />
There are still library users and librarians, however, who have<br />
concerns about the relative value and reliability of digital resources.<br />
Some scholars continue to assert that libraries should maintain access<br />
to print copies, due to the specific nature of their research, or because<br />
of their individual reading styles. McKinzie, citing Guthrie, states<br />
“most faculty agree that… ‘it will always be crucial for libraries to<br />
maintain hard-copy archives’” 32 As one of Newby's surveyed<br />
mathematics scholars wrote, “…sometimes it is fun to sit in the<br />
library reading old journals.” 33 Other users found the print versions<br />
easier to skim through. Carignan spoke with faculty members who<br />
argued that they could not conduct their research using electronic<br />
copies. 34 Their reasons included being able to scan tables of contents<br />
faster or needing to examine paper and ink quality to obtain more<br />
evidence about printing dates and motives. For some faculty, it seems<br />
the print journal as an artifact still has relevance.<br />
“Some scholars continue to assert that libraries<br />
should maintain access to print copies, due to<br />
the specific nature of their research, or because<br />
of their individual reading styles.”<br />
McDonald also adds that libraries have an archival responsibility. 35<br />
Research institutions need to keep copies of resource materials in<br />
their original format in order to best serve current and future scholars.<br />
244 The Journal of Academic Librarianship<br />
Nichols and Smith, 36 Schottlaender et al., 37 Henebry, Safley, and<br />
George, 38 Crawford, 39 and Weston and Acton 40 all provide compelling<br />
arguments for retention of materials in original paper format,<br />
including incomplete content, the accuracy of content, and the<br />
divergence of content in dual-publishing models. They also raise<br />
concerns about the loss of advertising, book reviews, and color in<br />
electronic versions.<br />
There are also lingering worries about image-reproduction<br />
technologies for electronic formats, despite recent improvements in<br />
this area. Electronic journal backfiles may have inferior-image quality,<br />
rendering them less useful for researchers in certain fields. 41 Even<br />
amongst scholars with an expressed preference for electronic<br />
journals, Newby found complaints about the quality of figures. 42<br />
Bracke and Martin's research had similar findings. 43 Comparing print<br />
journals to electronic by looking at text and images, they uncovered<br />
“the reality that the electronic backfiles were not always adequate<br />
substitutes for print copies.” 44 Despite their findings, a “significant<br />
amount of print content was ultimately withdrawn.” 45 It must be<br />
noted that some publishers, such as Elsevier, are starting to address<br />
these concerns. A project is underway to improve the quality of<br />
images and missing pages and issues, and they report, for example,<br />
that missing issues are now down to .1%. 46<br />
Notwithstanding these concerns, surveys by JSTOR 47 and HeinOnline<br />
48 show that some libraries are discarding material. The JSTOR<br />
survey collected data from 207 institutions. Results revealed that 97<br />
institutions had discarded some of their titles, while another 47<br />
institutions had plans to do so in the future. HeinOnline's 2006 survey<br />
showed that of 74 respondents, 17 (23%) were discarding print<br />
volumes duplicated in HeinOnline, and 9 of 66 respondents (14%) had<br />
plans to discard print volumes. Interestingly, the number of<br />
respondents discarding volumes did not rise substantially over the 3<br />
years, with 23% discarding in 2006, 18% discarding in 2005, and 23%<br />
discarding in 2004.<br />
Digital Resource Repositories —<br />
A Contributing Factor<br />
Adding yet another dimension to the issue of print collection<br />
storage is the argument that rather than focusing efforts on long-term<br />
print collection storage, academic libraries should instead be<br />
concentrating on establishing and maintaining repositories of digital<br />
collections. It is unclear how many library-based efforts to establish<br />
digital repositories are underway. According to a 2008 survey of<br />
library directors in the United States, even though digital preservation<br />
was considered important, 66% of respondents were “not yet<br />
participating in an e-journal archiving initiative.” 49 The survey also<br />
showed that the directors were unsure just how urgent e-journal<br />
preservation was and that they were uncertain how to proceed with<br />
digital preservation. 50<br />
“Adding yet another dimension to the issue of<br />
print collection storage is the argument that<br />
rather than focusing efforts on long-term print<br />
collection storage, academic libraries should<br />
instead be concentrating on establishing and<br />
maintaining repositories of digital collections”<br />
Differing views between libraries and publishers on the meaning<br />
of ownership and the meaning of perpetual access create significant<br />
difficulties for libraries trying to establish their own digital archives. 51<br />
Libraries are often required to go through a complex process of<br />
establishing legal ownership of the digital content they wish to
archive to ensure perpetual access. As well, creating and maintaining a<br />
digital archive entails ongoing commitments to migrating digital<br />
content through any changes in technology to sustain full access.<br />
Publisher-based collections are the most common digital archives<br />
model; libraries subscribe to digitized backfiles and the publisher<br />
undertakes responsibility for maintaining the content of, and access<br />
to, those backfiles. McKinzie notes, however, that reliance on vendor<br />
archiving is dubious as it is dependent on the solubility of a<br />
company. 52 The last decade has seen the merging of major publishers<br />
for economic reasons. Sadie Honey comments more specifically on the<br />
lack of financial motivation for publishers, as “expenditure[s] made by<br />
a publisher must be covered by the expected profits. If print content is<br />
no longer of commercial use to the owner of that content, then there is<br />
a loss of motivation on the part of the owner to maintain that<br />
content… Given the added expense of upgrading content to new<br />
formats as technology advances, they cannot be relied upon to<br />
maintain the collection of their back issues electronically either.” 53<br />
The legal and market pressures publishers face also contribute to<br />
the unpredictability of publisher-based digital archives. Publishers<br />
may pull content from archives for financial or legal reasons. 54 There<br />
are cases in which journals have been withdrawn from existing<br />
electronic packages, or else have come very close to being withdrawn.<br />
For example, in 2007 the American Association for the Advancement<br />
of Science (AAAS) announced plans to stop providing the journal<br />
Science to JSTOR. Instead, the nonprofit publisher would do its own<br />
digitizing, and sell subscriptions to the electronic content itself. AAAS<br />
chief executive Alan I. Leshner commented that “it makes more sense<br />
to control our own archive than to fundamentally give it away for<br />
free.” 55 Although AAAS later buckled to pressure from library<br />
consortia and stayed with JSTOR, this case remains an example of<br />
publishers wanting to regain control of back issues and, as a result,<br />
causing uncertainty for libraries on what e-content they own, as well<br />
as the stability of that content. 56<br />
The uncertainties and complexities of establishing and maintaining<br />
digital repositories further complicate the question of whether<br />
and how to develop and maintain a last-copy/low-use storage facility<br />
for print collections. Academic libraries may recognize the value in<br />
working together to establish a collaborative last-copy/low-use print<br />
repository solution but the myriad of issues involved make it difficult<br />
to know how and where to begin.<br />
ACONSORTIAL CASE STUDY: THE ONTARIO COUNCIL<br />
OF UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES<br />
The Ontario Council of University Libraries (OCUL) is a consortium of<br />
20 university libraries in the vast province of Ontario, Canada. The<br />
member libraries cooperate to enhance information services through<br />
collective purchasing (mainly of digital content), a shared infrastructure<br />
for digital access and services, document delivery, and many<br />
other similar activities. The sizes of the member institutions range<br />
from roughly 2000 full-time equivalent (fte) registered students up to<br />
66,000, delivering various combinations of undergraduate, professional,<br />
and graduate programs. Currently, there are five print storage<br />
facilities in operation, servicing seven OCUL institutions. The<br />
University of Toronto, the University of Western Ontario, the<br />
University of Ottawa, and Carleton University each have their own<br />
facilities. As noted earlier, Guelph, Waterloo, and Wilfrid Laurier share<br />
storage as members of the Tri-University Group.<br />
Scholars Portal is an infrastructure developed by OCUL to manage<br />
and deliver digital resources and services to member institutions'<br />
380,000 students and researchers. 57 Scholars Portal is housed at the<br />
University of Toronto, where several staff members monitor its<br />
growing array of content and services. One key element of Scholars<br />
Portal is the loading of many full-text journals and books – as well as<br />
indexes and abstracts – on local servers. Member institutions access<br />
this locally-loaded content via servers at the University of Toronto<br />
rather than through individual publishers' sites. A key current<br />
initiative for OCUL is to bring Scholars Portal into conformance with<br />
emerging standards for trusted digital repositories so that it can meet<br />
the OCLC standard of providing “reliable, long-term access to<br />
managed digital resources to its designated community, now and in<br />
the future.” 58<br />
OCUL library directors questioned the value of maintaining<br />
collections of print holdings duplicated by digital content. This was<br />
prompted by the increasing popularity of digital forms of scholarly<br />
communication, pressure to re-tool buildings and facilities to<br />
accommodate user needs, and Scholars Portal's offering reliable<br />
long-term storage and access for consortium digital resources.<br />
Surveying Members<br />
In 2008 OCUL undertook a survey of its members to determine<br />
what the members were doing, if anything, with respect to reevaluating<br />
their print collection footprints, the reasons for the reevaluation,<br />
their views on the need for a consortial print collection<br />
storage solution and what form that solution might take. The review<br />
took the form of in-depth interviews with the directors of each<br />
institution. 59 The questions asked of each director were:<br />
1. Do you see the need for an archive of published research materials<br />
(print and/or electronic) in Canada?<br />
2. Do you see the need for an Ontario archive?<br />
3. Is it a priority that Scholars Portal be developed to the standard of<br />
a recognized trusted digital repository?<br />
4. Do you need to retain a last print copy of all e-journals in Scholars<br />
Portal?<br />
5. What are your priorities with respect to print repository<br />
development?<br />
“In 2008 OCUL [Ontario Council of University<br />
Libraries] undertook a survey of its members to<br />
determine what the members were doing, if<br />
anything, with respect to re-evaluating their<br />
print collection footprints, the reasons for the<br />
re-evaluation, their views on the need for a<br />
consortial print collection storage solution and<br />
what form that solution might take.”<br />
The interview discussions were free-flowing, directed along the<br />
general lines of the five questions but open to pursuit of tangents and<br />
other questions that came up during the interview. Some interviews<br />
took place with the director alone; other interviews were with a<br />
group of individuals (the director and others invited by the director).<br />
There were 20 interviews, one at each OCUL institution. The<br />
interviews were recorded and loosely transcribed to discern patterns,<br />
common opinions, and areas of contention. To aid in data analysis<br />
each institution was assigned to a size category based on fte for the<br />
institution. The categories were: VL, “very large” (n=4, N30,000 fte);<br />
L, “large” (n=6, 20,000–30,000 fte); M, “medium” (n=3, 10,000–<br />
20,000 fte); and S, “small” (n=7, b10,000 fte).<br />
RESULTS<br />
The interviews revealed a wide range of opinions with six main<br />
themes emerging: 1. the nature of library as a place is changing; 2.<br />
May 2010 245
OCUL digital collection development must be considered when<br />
developing any print storage initiative; 3. costs are a key factor; 4.<br />
the level of print storage facility (i.e., international, national, OCUL<br />
level), if any, must be determined; 5. service and content issues are a<br />
concern; and, 6. if there is an OCUL print storage initiative, preference<br />
for a central or distributed model must be determined.<br />
Library as a Place<br />
The urgent need to relocate physical collections or at least the<br />
ability to plan for longer term collection relocation was an<br />
overarching theme across all of the interviews. Seven institutions<br />
(2VL, 1L, 1M, 3S) were in desperate need for space, four institutions<br />
(1L, 1M, 2S) were tight for space estimating a need in the next 2–3<br />
years, three (1VL, 1L, 1M) believed their space needs were met for the<br />
next 5 years, and six (1VL, 3L, 2S) either did not predict any space<br />
issues for at least 7–10 years or felt they did not have any foreseeable<br />
space needs. One institution desperate for space already had access to<br />
a storage facility. Overall 11 of 20 OCUL institutions (55%) were either<br />
desperate or tight for space. Whether pressed for space or not, though,<br />
all of the directors acknowledged the changing nature of the library as<br />
a place and that planning for new or re-visioned facilities was a central<br />
theme for their libraries and their role as director.<br />
The Importance of Digital Collections<br />
Another common theme was that any planning for print<br />
repositories had to be done as a complement to OCUL's growing<br />
repertoire of digital resources supported and maintained on Scholars<br />
Portal. Tens of thousands of e-journal titles are locally-loaded on, and<br />
available through, Scholars Portal. The shift to digital monographs is<br />
also picking up steam with e-book package deals and monograph<br />
digitization projects becoming more commonplace. OCUL has<br />
invested millions of dollars developing the Scholars Portal infrastructure.<br />
Across all 20 interviews, it was clear that any OCUL print<br />
repository strategy would be directly informed by ongoing development<br />
of Scholars Portal specifically, and more generally, by the broad<br />
shift to digital scholarly communication and scholarly publishing.<br />
Success in making Scholars Portal a trusted digital repository would<br />
have significant impact on what type of print repository, if any, is<br />
necessary. All 20 directors indicated that it was important that<br />
Scholars Portal be recognized as a trusted digital repository (TDR).<br />
Eight further qualified that positive response with questions or<br />
concerns about what it will cost to make Scholars Portal a TDR, what it<br />
means to become a TDR, and what the process is for becoming a TDR.<br />
There was also concern over whether making Scholars Portal a TDR<br />
would slow the continued development of Scholars Portal content and<br />
services.<br />
Costs are a Key Factor<br />
Across all 20 institutions a common thread that emerged was<br />
that any OCUL print storage initiative would have to first and<br />
foremost be sustainable within the member institutions' budgets,<br />
many of which are already constrained. The costs related to any<br />
recommendations for print storage have to be defined. The<br />
availability of any external funding for print storage facility<br />
development is also an unknown. Building facilities for last-print<br />
or low-use print material was seen by most directors as a difficult<br />
sell to external funding agencies. Twelve directors (1VL, 3L, 2M, 6S)<br />
expressed significant concern about the costs and funding of any<br />
print storage strategy, with smaller institutions expressing this<br />
concern more than the large or very large institutions. Many are<br />
already dealing with significant cost outlays for Scholars Portal and<br />
expect further costs in developing Scholars Portal as a TDR. This led<br />
several directors to wonder how they would pay for a print storage<br />
project. Any plans for an OCUL collaborative print storage initiative<br />
246 The Journal of Academic Librarianship<br />
would have to be set in consideration of current and future costs<br />
and funding possibilities. Notwithstanding the funding concern,<br />
however, some of the directors felt it would be feasible to explore<br />
the cost savings that might be realized with a centrally managed<br />
facility. Funding proposals could be made in terms of cost savings in<br />
the space liberated for other uses, in terms of staff and facilities<br />
savings as the need for ongoing management of in-house stacks is<br />
reduced, and in terms of staff savings in areas such as interlibrary<br />
loans as significant amounts of interlibrary loans are directed to one<br />
central facility.<br />
“Across all twenty institutions a common<br />
thread that emerged was that any OCUL print<br />
storage initiative would have to first and<br />
foremost be sustainable within the member<br />
institutions’ budgets, many of which are<br />
already constrained”<br />
What Kind of Print Storage Facility is Needed?<br />
This theme prompted the most discussion and the most diverse<br />
range of responses from the OCUL directors. As they discussed what<br />
type of OCUL collaborative print storage initiative, if any, might be<br />
needed, they considered the storage needs for three main categories:<br />
A. print serial collections that duplicate serials locally-loaded on<br />
Scholars Portal; B. print serial collections not locally-loaded on<br />
Scholars Portal; C. print monographs and government documents<br />
not necessarily duplicated in digital format. Within those three main<br />
categories the responses were grouped based on whether the<br />
respondents felt an international, national, or provincial collaborative<br />
strategy would be most appropriate. Two institutions (1VL, 1L)<br />
questioned the need for any type of coordinated print storage<br />
initiative, so the totals reported below are for 18 institutions.<br />
Journals Locally-Loaded on Scholars Portal<br />
Seven directors (1VL, 2L, 2M, 2S) felt that an international<br />
initiative to store print runs of serials locally-loaded on Scholars<br />
Portal would be sufficient. They felt that Scholars Portal was a stable<br />
and trusted source, so the availability of a last print copy of the<br />
journals on Scholars Portal anywhere in the world would meet any<br />
need for possible future access to the print format. Five directors (1L,<br />
1M, 3S), felt that even though Scholars Portal provided reliable access,<br />
it would be prudent to maintain at least one print run somewhere in<br />
Canada. That is, a national print storage option would suffice. The<br />
uncertainty about future access across national borders was often<br />
cited by those holding this view. Six directors (2VL, 2L, 2S) felt that<br />
OCUL should maintain a provincial level print storage initiative for<br />
journals locally-loaded on Scholars Portal. Three of the six indicated<br />
that ideally a national approach would be the best, but in reality it was<br />
more feasible to implement and maintain a provincial approach.<br />
Digital Serials not Locally-Loaded on Scholars Portal<br />
Six directors (1VL, 2L, 1M, 2S) felt that an international<br />
collaboration for serials duplicated by digital, but not locally-loaded<br />
on Scholars Portal, would suffice. They felt that many of these serial<br />
titles were produced by well-respected commercial publishers or<br />
vendors with lots of copies around the country or around the globe,<br />
thus an international repository would meet OCUL's needs. This was<br />
especially true for collections such as JSTOR, which already has two<br />
print repositories in the United States. 60 Six directors (1L, 2M, 3S) felt<br />
that a national strategy would be best and six (2VL, 2L, 2S) felt that a<br />
provincial strategy was the best route to take. Again, three of the six
directors who preferred a provincial repository indicated that though<br />
ideally a national approach would be the best, a provincial initiative<br />
was more realistic.<br />
Monographs and Documents<br />
Eleven of 18 directors (1VL, 3L, 3M, 4S) felt that the best goal for<br />
OCUL with respect to collaborative print storage was one which would<br />
see storage of unique Ontario collections, including monographs,<br />
serial collections, and Ontario government documents. The goal<br />
would be to develop a storage program that contributed to an Ontario<br />
research collection while at the same time addressing ongoing needs<br />
to re-allocate space in local facilities.<br />
Content and Service Issues<br />
Fourteen directors (3VL, 4 L, 3M, 4S) indicated that the service<br />
model developed for any collaborative print storage initiative would<br />
play a key role in the success of that initiative. The majority of<br />
respondents who raised this issue felt that the development of a “light”<br />
storage solution would be preferable; items would be available through<br />
digital delivery to desktop, interlibrary loan of physical items, and onsite<br />
access. Digital delivery would allow a reasonable turnaround time<br />
for requested information, as well as provide geographic flexibility for<br />
any central facility, for any type of distributed solution.<br />
Fifteen directors (3VL, 5L, 2M, 5S) felt that an analysis of content of<br />
materials being considered for removal to storage was necessary.<br />
Specifically, the concern over content was in not knowing how closely<br />
the digital versions matched or duplicated the print version being<br />
discarded or sent to storage. Another content verification issue that<br />
was discussed several times was the need to establish a process to<br />
determine, with some degree of reliability, the true print and<br />
electronic holdings of each institution. The answers to these content<br />
concerns may affect decisions about whether materials should go to<br />
storage or be discarded.<br />
A Central or Distributed Model<br />
Nine directors (2VL, 2L, 1M 4S) felt that a central model would be<br />
the most appropriate for any type of OCUL collaborative print storage<br />
initiative. The majority preferred a central facility attached to and<br />
managed by a specific OCUL institution, with the rest of OCUL<br />
contributing on some sort of cost-share metric. The central management<br />
model presumes a single facility to which each OCUL institution<br />
would send items. The management of such a facility could be<br />
contracted out to a third party or be attached to one specific OCUL<br />
institution. Regardless of affiliation, there would be a staff presence to<br />
deal with additions and deletions of material and requests for access.<br />
The advantages of the central model include maximizing and focusing<br />
staff costs to deal with repository management and service, and<br />
increased probability of long term sustainability. The disadvantages of a<br />
central model are that it would demand significant and immediate upfront<br />
costs to build and staff a facility. It would also require extensive<br />
initial planning to determine the logistics of what materials came into<br />
the repository and how those materials would be stored and serviced.<br />
Seven directors (2VL, 2L, 2M, 1S) felt that a distributed model<br />
would be the most appropriate. It could take advantage of the storage<br />
facilities already in place at some OCUL institutions and would be<br />
relatively quick and easy to get something underway to address<br />
immediate space needs. The distributed model presumes that<br />
individual OCUL institutions would act as local repositories for the<br />
rest of the consortium for specific titles. Each participating institution<br />
would agree to maintain those titles and to meet common service<br />
parameters. The advantages of a distributed model are relatively low<br />
start-up costs and the ability to implement the repository relatively<br />
quickly. The disadvantages include difficulty sustaining activity and<br />
commitment over time.<br />
DISCUSSION<br />
Despite the wide range of opinions, it was possible to glean some<br />
common points of interest. From those, some first steps for OCUL with<br />
respect to print collections storage can be developed. Eleven OCUL<br />
institutions are either in desperate need to liberate space or very tight<br />
with respect to space. Only one in that group has access to a storage<br />
facility, so addressing these immediate needs may be an obvious first<br />
step. Overall, there was considerable interest in some sort of<br />
collaborative strategy, but that interest generated significant questions<br />
about structure, costs and sustainability. There was unanimous<br />
agreement that academic libraries are changing, with demands for<br />
new user spaces creating significant pressures on physical collections.<br />
Collaborative action to alleviate that pressure makes sense but there<br />
was a broad and diverse range of opinion on the need for an OCUL<br />
print storage solution, the level of collaborative action to pursue and<br />
for which print collections, and of course the ongoing cost and service<br />
issues.<br />
There was a majority opinion that the most appropriate OCUL<br />
collaborative print storage initiative would not be to preserve last<br />
print runs of commercial serials, that is, those locally-loaded in<br />
Scholars Portal and other digital serials such as those in JSTOR. The<br />
availability of other repositories elsewhere in Canada, North America,<br />
or internationally would most likely be sufficient to address needs for<br />
those materials. The need for further information and international<br />
collaboration so academic libraries around the world know who is<br />
collecting and storing and preserving what, is needed.<br />
Establishing Scholars Portal as a trusted digital repository was seen<br />
as important before determining what OCUL needs to do with respect<br />
to any print storage program development. Knowing that OCUL owns<br />
the digital content locally-loaded on Scholars Portal and knowing<br />
Scholars Portal is a recognized archive with appropriate technology<br />
migration is crucial.<br />
There were several questions about whether a print repository<br />
should more appropriately be done on a national or even international<br />
level. Some directors expressed their preference for a provincial<br />
facility. Exploring the opportunities for national collaboration and<br />
clarifying what is – or is not – happening nationally and in the other<br />
regional groups is important. In light of what may be developed<br />
nationally, just over half of the directors indicated that a strategy for<br />
long-term storage of unique Ontario print resources would be most<br />
appropriate.<br />
Content verification and service models were important factors<br />
with respect to what type of print storage program OCUL might<br />
develop. The general consensus was that an open service model is<br />
desirable for whatever repository might be developed with print on<br />
demand, and digital desktop delivery as the preferred focus for access.<br />
Work would need to be done to address questions on content. A review<br />
of research on the match between digital and print, and developing a<br />
process for a reasonable amount of collection analysis – so OCUL<br />
knows who owns what – would help to clarify how the consortium<br />
would determine what print materials would go into storage.<br />
CONCLUSION<br />
The survey of the literature and other institutional activities, as well as<br />
the results of the survey of the OCUL directors, combine to clearly<br />
illustrate the complex mix of issues related to establishing a consortial<br />
level solution to the management of print collections. 61 What is clear<br />
is that many academic libraries across North America have identified<br />
the need to address how they deal with their print collections in light<br />
of the increasing focus on digital resources and in light of the<br />
increasing demands placed on physical library facilities. It appears<br />
that many libraries recognize the need to reduce print collection<br />
footprints, especially those print collections which duplicate digital,<br />
but have many questions and hesitancies about how that reduction<br />
May 2010 247
might happen. There are still many questions about how the digital<br />
and the print compare. Is it an exact match? If it is not an exact match,<br />
how close is close enough?<br />
“It appears that many libraries recognize the<br />
need to reduce print collection footprints,<br />
especially those print collections which<br />
duplicate digital, but have many questions<br />
and hesitancies about how that reduction<br />
might happen.”<br />
The survey of the directors of Ontario university libraries shows<br />
diverse opinions on how to approach print collection archiving. The<br />
value of the print volume as an artifact is a concern. Even if research<br />
articles are exactly duplicated in digital, how important is other<br />
content that is in the print volume but not in the digital version? If<br />
there is one copy of the print journal within easy reach, or within easy<br />
interlibrary loan range, is that sufficient? Can libraries trust digital<br />
resources to deliver reliable content to our patrons over the longterm?<br />
Should we hang on to our print collections that duplicate the<br />
digital just in case?<br />
There seems to be consensus that the answer to these difficult<br />
questions lies in partnerships between institutions. Whether through<br />
already-existing consortial partnerships or by building new collaborations<br />
between institutions, libraries working together to manage print<br />
collections presents a range of options. Yet collaboration itself comes<br />
with risks. A library must have trustworthy partners to maintain print<br />
collections to an agreed-upon level. Choices must be made on whether<br />
to use a distributed or a centralized model. Library administrators<br />
must also determine how much any collaborative effort will cost, how<br />
each partner will pay for its share, and whether one collaborative effort<br />
should duplicate the work being done by another. If there is more than<br />
one consortium in the United States dedicated to maintaining a<br />
specific print collection, does Canada need to duplicate that effort?<br />
The Ontario Council of University Libraries has built an impressive<br />
infrastructure for its digital resources through Scholars Portal. How<br />
can OCUL institutions leverage that infrastructure to help them<br />
evaluate and manage their print collections? As illustrated by the<br />
responses from the OCUL directors, different libraries have different<br />
needs. Some are in urgent need to weed print collections and others<br />
have time to plan for future weeding. A number feel a distributed<br />
network of print collection management would work well, still others<br />
advocate for a centralized facility to ensure a last print copy is retained<br />
in the province. All agree that cost is an over-riding factor and the<br />
unknowns with respect to future budgets make committing to any<br />
long-term plan difficult.<br />
Though this conclusion seems to only pose more questions, and<br />
admittedly many more could be listed, what is clear is that this issue is<br />
of immense interest, and immense importance for the academic<br />
library community. Continuing the conversation is essential as is the<br />
need to ensure we work together across regions, states, provinces,<br />
countries, and even internationally to develop strategies.<br />
NOTES AND REFERENCES<br />
1. Paul Genoni, Current and Future Print Storage for Australian<br />
Academic Libraries: Results of a Survey, Library Collections,<br />
Acquisitions, & Technical Services 32 (2008): 31-41, and, American<br />
University Library, “The Academic Library in 2010: A Vision, Report of<br />
a Symposium 2010, March 14-15, 2005”. Online (November, 2009)<br />
Available: http://www.library.american.edu/Symposium_2010.<br />
pdf.<br />
248 The Journal of Academic Librarianship<br />
2. Lizanne Payne, Library Storage Facilities and the Future of Print<br />
Collections in North America. OCLC (2007) Available: www.oclc.<br />
org/programs/publications/reports/2007-01.pdf (October 1,<br />
2009).<br />
3. Cathy Maskell, “Last Copy and Low Use Print Repositories: A Vision<br />
and First Steps for OCUL” (report submitted to OCUL Directors<br />
Meeting, September 2008).<br />
4. Lizanne Payne, Are Duplicate Copies the Double Edged Sword for<br />
Last Copy Repositories?: Perspective on Consortium Repository.<br />
(Slide presentation as transcribed by Jean Ann Croft, and Atalanta<br />
Grant-Suttie, Preservation issues in small to mid-sized libraries<br />
discussion group in email to PADG mailing list). Online (July 2005)<br />
Available: http://palimpsest.stanford.edu/byform/mailing-lists/<br />
padg/2005/07/doc00000.doc (April 28, 2009).<br />
5. RLG and OCLC, Trusted Digital Repositories: Attributes and<br />
Responsibilities: An RLG-OCLC Report. RLG & OCLC (2002)<br />
Available: http://www.oclc.org/research/activities/past/rlg/<br />
trustedrep/repositories.pdf (October 1, 2009).<br />
6. Brian E.C. Schottlaender, “You say you want an evolution…’ The<br />
Emerging UC Libraries Shared Collection,” Library Collections,<br />
Acquisitions, & Technical Services 28 (2004): 13–24.<br />
7. Brian E.C. Schottlaender, Gary S. Lawrence, Cecily Johns, Claire Le<br />
Donne, and Laura Fosbender, Collection Management Strategies in<br />
a Digital Environment: A Project of the Collection Management<br />
Initiative of the University of California Libraries. Online. University<br />
of California, Office of the President, Office of Systemwide<br />
Library Planning. (2004) Available: http://www.ucop.edu/cmi/<br />
finalreport/cmireportfinal.pdf, viii. (April 28, 2009).<br />
8. Jim Agee and Sarah Naper, “Off-site storage: An analysis,”<br />
Collection Building 26 (2007): 20-5, 21.<br />
9. Carol Hansen Montgomery, “‘Fast Track' Transition to an Electronic<br />
Journal Collection: A Case Study,” New Library World 101 (2000):<br />
294-302, 295-296.<br />
10. Steve O'Connor, Andrew Wells, and Mel Collier, “A Study of<br />
Collaborative Storage of Library Resources,” Library Hi Tech Journal<br />
20 (2002): 258–269.<br />
11. Steve O'Connor and Cathie Jilovsky, “Approaches to the storage of<br />
low use and last copy research materials,” Library Collections,<br />
Acquisitions, & Technical Services 32 (2009): 121–126.<br />
12. Payne, “Library Storage Facilities.”<br />
13. Geoffrey Su, Print Repository Initiatives at Canadian University<br />
Libraries: An Overview. Online. <strong>CARL</strong> <strong>ABRC</strong> (2006) Available:<br />
http://www.carl-abrc.ca/projects/preservation/pdf/print_repos_<br />
overview.pdf (April 28, 2009).<br />
14. The institutions described in the report were the University of<br />
British Columbia, Carleton University, the University of Manitoba,<br />
the University of Ottawa, the Quebec universities, the University of<br />
Saskatchewan, the University of Toronto, and the University of<br />
Western Ontario. The shared initiatives described in the report<br />
were the BARD project in Alberta, the Council of Atlantic University<br />
Libraries (CAUL) Regional Consortium for the Preservation of<br />
Scholarly Materials, the (OCUL) Collaborative Collection Continuity<br />
Initiative, and the TriUniversity Group (TUG) Libraries Annex.<br />
15. Su, “Print repository initiatives,” p. 27.<br />
16. Tri-University Group of Libraries. Policies - TUG Libraries Last<br />
Copy. Online. Guelph University Library. (2006) Available: http://<br />
www.lib.uoguelph.ca/about/policies/TUG_libraries_last_copy.<br />
cfm (April 29, 2009).<br />
17. Su, “Print repository initiatives,” p. 29.<br />
18. O'Connor, Wells, and Collier, “A Study of Collaborative Storage of<br />
Library Resources.”<br />
19. Payne, “Are Duplicate Copies the Double Edged Sword.”<br />
20. Charlotte Marie Knoche, “Critical Factors for Successful Collaboration<br />
in Academic Libraries,” PhD diss.,” University of Minnesota,<br />
1997.
21. Cynthia Shelton, “Best Practices in Cooperative Collection Development:<br />
A Report Prepared by the Center for Research Libraries<br />
Working Group on Best Practices in Cooperative Collection<br />
Development,” Collection Management 28 (2004): 191–222.<br />
22. Scott Seaman, “Collaborative Collection Management in a High-<br />
Density Storage Facility,” College & Research Libraries 66 (2005):<br />
20–27 and Knoche, “Critical Factors.”<br />
23. Shelton, “Best Practices,” p. 205.<br />
24. Seaman, “Collaborative collection management,” p. 21.<br />
25. Ibid., p. 26.<br />
26. Shelton, “Best Practices,” p. 208.<br />
27. David C. Tyler, and Bryan L. Pytlig Zillig, “Caveat Relocator: A<br />
Practical Relocation Proposal to Save Space and Promote Electronic<br />
Resources.” Technical Services Quarterly 21 (2003): 17-30, 21.<br />
28. Richard Kaplan, Marilyn Steinberg, and Joanne Doucette, “Retention<br />
of Retrospective Print Journals in the Digital Age: Trends and<br />
Analysis,” Journal of the Medical Library Association: JMLA 94 (Oct<br />
2006): 387–393.<br />
29. Jill Newby, “An Emerging Picture of Mathematicians’ Use of<br />
Electronic Resources: The Effect of Withdrawal of Older Print<br />
Volumes,” Science & Technology Libraries 25 (2005): 65–85.<br />
30. James P. McCarthy, “The Print Block and the Digital Cylinder,”<br />
Library Management 26, (2005): 89-96, 92.<br />
31. Harriet Bell, The Value of Online Journal Backfiles to University<br />
Libraries. Online. Elsevier ScienceDirect. (2005) Available: http://<br />
info.sciencedirect.com/content/backfiles/optimizing_backfiles/<br />
(April 28, 2009).<br />
32. Steve McKinzie, “Op Ed – Troubling Choices: Full-text Access and the<br />
Old Hard Copy Back Runs,” Against the Grain 17 (2005): 60-1, 61.<br />
33. Newby, “An Emerging Picture,” p. 75.<br />
34. Yvonne Carignan, “Who Wants Yesterday's Papers? The Faculty<br />
Answer,” Collection Management 31 (2006): 75–84.<br />
35. John McDonald, “‘No One Uses Them So Why Should We Keep<br />
Them?': Scenarios for Print Issue Retention,” Against the Grain 15<br />
(2003): 22-4, 24.<br />
36. Stephen G. Nichols et al., The Evidence in Hand: Report of the Task<br />
Force on the Artifact in Library Collections, CLIR pub103,<br />
Washington, DC: CLIR, November 2001.<br />
37. Schottlaender, “Collection Management Strategies.”<br />
38. Carolyn Henebry, Ellen Safley, and Sarah E. George, “Before You<br />
Cancel the Paper, Beware: All Electronic Journals in 2001 are NOT<br />
Created Equal,” Serials Librarian 42 (2002): 267–273.<br />
39. Walt Crawford, “Here's the Content - Where's the Context?,”<br />
American Libraries 31 (Mar 2000): 50–52.<br />
40. Beth Weston and Deena Acton, “Managing Divergence of Print and<br />
Electronic Journals,” Serials Librarian 56 (2009): 181–198.<br />
41. Jacquelyn Marie Erdman, “Image Quality in Electronic Journals: A<br />
Case Study of Elsevier Geology Titles,” Library Collections, Acquisitions,<br />
& Technical Services 30 (2006): 169–178.<br />
42. Newby, “An Emerging Picture,” p. 75.<br />
43. Marianne Stowell Bracke and Jim Martin, “Developing Criteria for<br />
the Withdrawal of Print Content Available Online,” Collection<br />
Building 24 (2005): 61–64.<br />
44. Ibid., p. 61.<br />
45. Ibid., p. 63.<br />
46. ScienceDirect, Backfiles Re-Scanning Project. Online. Elsevier B.V.<br />
(N.D.) Available: http://info.sciencedirect.com/content/backfiles/<br />
optimizing_backfiles/ (April 28, 2009).<br />
47. JSTOR, JSTOR Bound Volume Survey Results. Online. (2003)<br />
Available: http://www.jstor.org/page/info/about/news/surveys/<br />
bvs2003.jsp.<br />
48. Brian Jablonski. 2006 Bound Volume Survey Results. (email to<br />
HeinOnline mailing list) Online. (October 10,2006) Available:<br />
http://lists.washlaw.edu/pipermail/heinonline/2006-October/<br />
000244.html (April 28, 2009) Selected or comprehensive discarding<br />
and whether it includes any sort of agreement with other<br />
institutions for access to print was not investigated in this survey.<br />
49. Portico/Ithaka, Digital Preservation of E-journals in 2008:<br />
Urgent Action Revisited. Results from a Portico/Ithaka Survey<br />
of U.S. Library Directors. Online. (2008) Available: http://<br />
www.portico.org/comment/wp-content/uploads/2008/05/<br />
porticosurveyondigitalpreservation.pdf (April 29, 2009).<br />
50. Ibid., p. 5.<br />
51. Andrew Waller and Gwen Bird, “We own it: Dealing with<br />
perpetual access in big deals,” Serials Librarian 50 (2006):<br />
179–196.<br />
52. McKinzie, “Op ed,” p. 61.<br />
53. Sadie L. Honey, “Preservation of Electronic Scholarly Publishing:<br />
An Analysis of Three Approaches,” Portal: Libraries & the Academy<br />
5 (2005): 59-75, 59.<br />
54. McKinzie, “Op ed,” p. 61.<br />
55. Peter Monaghan, “Critics Balk at Withdrawal of Journal from<br />
Archive,” Chronicle of Higher Education 54. (8) (2007): A1–A12.<br />
56. Andrew Albanese, “Science Rejoins JSTOR,” Library Journal 133<br />
(2008): 16.<br />
57. Scholars Portal (www.scholarsportal.info) consists of roughly<br />
8,100 full-text journals representing eighteen commercial publishers<br />
and 130 databases from eight publishers. It hosts a singlesearch<br />
platform Illumina, an Interlibrary Loans platform RACER,<br />
and bibliographic management software RefWorks. Scholars Portal<br />
also uses the open-URL resolver SFX, and is testing an electronic<br />
resources management tool Verde . Some of the projects currently<br />
in development include the development of a new interface to<br />
replace its ejournals server, the development of a local delivery<br />
platform for electronic books, (in conjunction with ebrary) and a<br />
web-based data extraction system, the Ontario Data Documentation,<br />
Extraction Service and Infrastructure project (ODESI).<br />
58. RLG-OCLC, Trusted Digital Repositories: Attributes and Responsibilities,<br />
an RLG-OCLC Report. Online. (May 2002) Available:<br />
http://www.oclc.org/programs/ourwork/past/trustedrep/<br />
repositories.pdf (April 28, 2009).<br />
59. OCUL (http://www.ocul.on.ca/) contracted with C. Maskell to do<br />
this survey. Data was collected in the summer of 2008 and the<br />
report was submitted to the OCUL Directors at the winter 2008<br />
directors' meeting. C. Maskell wishes to express her sincere thanks<br />
to OCUL for the opportunity to do the survey and their support with<br />
it, as well as their permission to report the results of the survey.<br />
60. Two JStor repositories are at the University of California (http://<br />
www.srlf.ucla.edu/Jstor/Default.aspx) and Harvard University<br />
(http://hul.harvard.edu/hd/).<br />
61. After presentation of the report on the survey at the winter 2008<br />
OCUL directors meeting, the Thunder Bay agreement was crafted<br />
and passed by the directors. The agreement stipulates two action<br />
strategies: a. OCUL will implement a distributed model based on<br />
the coordinated retention and collaborative storage of print<br />
journals to address immediate short-term space needs. Decisionmaking<br />
will reside at the local level. It will be incumbent on<br />
individual libraries who wish to discard print journals to<br />
determine whether they hold the last OCUL print copy. If so,<br />
they are obliged to keep the volumes or find another OCUL library<br />
that will do so; and b. OCUL will explore collaboration<br />
opportunities with other regional and national organizations to<br />
determine the status of any print repositories being developed or<br />
discussed.<br />
May 2010 249
Document 10<br />
2010 Open Access Engagement Strategy<br />
At the November 12, 2009, meeting of the Scholarly Communication Committee during the Fall General<br />
Meeting in Ottawa, Committee members recommended that the Association engage in an Open Access<br />
advocacy campaign in 2010. In the <strong>CARL</strong> Office, a rough schematic of what elements could comprise<br />
such a campaign has been drawn up. The following is a summary of six facets that the strategy can<br />
consist of but not necessarily be limited to:<br />
Timeline: The <strong>CARL</strong> Office, with input from SCOM, will draft a time line with the key facets of the<br />
strategy plotted on it; this includes: drafting and finalizing a fulsome brief explaining the rationale,<br />
methods and benefits (for whom) of OA; preparation of the accompanying media kit (which could<br />
include such things as an article submitted to University Affairs or CAUT Bulletin, and also include the IR<br />
advocacy toolkit and the author addendum brochure as well as another pamphlet that could facilitate<br />
compliance with the CIHR policy such as has been proposed by the IRs Sub‐committee); letters sent to<br />
target audiences – e.g. MPs, Ministries, University Administrators and Research Offices – to set up<br />
meetings; promotion of <strong>CARL</strong> OA initiatives at key events such as Congress, International OA Week, the<br />
Science Policy Conference, as well as any regional or local events (a presentation template could be<br />
prepared in the <strong>CARL</strong> office).<br />
Involved Committees and Sub‐committees: In addition to the Scholarly Communication Committee,<br />
work on the strategy will include input from the Public Policy Committee to help frame the message to<br />
Government, for example, and from the Institutional Repositories Working Group which is planning a<br />
number of projects and meetings for 2010.<br />
Briefing paper: The brief should cover the who’s, what’s, why’s and how’s of OA; that is: the rationale<br />
for OA and who benefits; it should draw attention to IRs in Canada, and initiatives like the OA Authors<br />
Fund at the University of Calgary, the University of Ottawa OA Program, it should encourage the<br />
adoption of green OA mandates at Canadian Universities, and also encourage the granting councils to<br />
harmonize their OA efforts towards making free access to the results of research with public funding a<br />
requirement.<br />
Media kit: The media kit should complement the brief that would be included with the letters sent to<br />
MPs, Ministers, and University Administrators. It can include: an article featured in a publication that is<br />
widely read by researchers; an advertisement in the same or a similar publication; a poster; a concise<br />
list of talking points (who, what, where, when, why, how); Greater Reach for Your Research; and Using<br />
the SPARC Canadian Author Addendum. There would be associated translation, graphic design, and<br />
printing costs for some of the envisioned new materials.<br />
Partners / Stakeholders: Aside from the main audiences the campaign will be aimed at – Tri‐council,<br />
Research Offices, the Government, and Researchers all of whom stand to benefit from improved<br />
dissemination, visibility and accessibility to Canadian research – the strategy can benefit from<br />
participation or feedback of other organizations with a stake in open access: libraries and library<br />
associations/consortia; the Canadian Federation of Students; FedCan; journal publishers and university<br />
presses (i.e. alternative, sustainable business models); AUCC; CAUT; the Canadian Consortium for
Research; and SPARC. Broader participation/input should also garner wider attention on the OA<br />
Engagement Strategy.<br />
Measuring success of the OA Engagement Strategy: The success of the <strong>CARL</strong> 2010 Open Access<br />
Engagement Strategy might be measured by: an article and ad appearing in a widely read publication for<br />
researchers such as University Affairs or CAUT Bulletin (perhaps editorial letters in response to said<br />
article?); the number and variety of meetings that result from the letter writing facet of the strategy; the<br />
number of events –national, regional, and local – where someone makes an OA themed presentation on<br />
behalf of <strong>CARL</strong>; and the degree to which OA programs and mandates are implemented or considered,<br />
and any further steps granting councils might take towards enforcing policies requiring OA to the<br />
research they fund.<br />
2010-01-28<br />
Document 10
<strong>CARL</strong> Brief for Open Access Engagement Strategy<br />
May 2010<br />
Document 11<br />
The Rationale for Open Access<br />
Open Access (OA) is a means of disseminating scholarly and scientific literature over the internet free of<br />
charge to researchers and to anyone else who might benefit from accessing the results of publicly<br />
funded research. Research libraries have lent their support to the open access movement as a way of<br />
extending their mandates to preserve and provide access to the world’s knowledge, but have also seen<br />
in it a viable solution to the problem of escalating journal subscription prices. From 1989 onwards the<br />
average scientific journal price had steadily risen by 315 % by 2003. Prices have increased at a slower<br />
rate in recent years, however, they continue to rise by about 9 % yearly 1 .<br />
Libraries have been able to defray the costs of providing access to the corpus of scholarly journal<br />
literature by transitioning more and more to an electronic access and archiving environment by way of<br />
regional consortial journal content licensing arrangements or by purchasing much of the same electronic<br />
content for perpetual institutional ownership. However, even the most financially endowed university<br />
libraries cannot subscribe to all 24, 000 scholarly, scientific, technical, and medical journals that are<br />
currently published. Faced with this problem, libraries must periodically cancel journal subscriptions in<br />
order to allocate their limited acquisitions budgets to the journal content faculty and students at their<br />
host institutions use most heavily. This is something which places students and researchers at a<br />
disadvantage. Research is increasingly a multi‐disciplinary endeavor and it is not always easy to for<br />
libraries to determine what content they can dispense with in the collections they manage. This is<br />
problem for large institutions, but especially for libraries that support medium and smaller‐sized higher<br />
learning institutions. The current global economic crisis that began in the fall of 2008 has added<br />
impetus for libraries and Academia to consider bringing OA practices into the way they conduct their<br />
business – especially in light of budgetary cutbacks or freezes.<br />
But OA is not only about devising sustainable publishing and access models to research journal<br />
literature. Researchers and librarians also see it as a means to repair a scholarly publishing system that,<br />
although it has worked in the world of print‐based dissemination, drastically limits the possibilities<br />
offered by the emerging networked research environment and the internet. If researchers cannot<br />
always access parts of the current research literature in their fields they are missing information that is<br />
potentially vital to their research, and the result is that the progress of scientific discovery is stalled.<br />
Open Access levels the field for researchers everywhere, in terms of accessibility, giving scientific<br />
literature the broadest possible dissemination so researchers can find it, interpret it, and build on it to<br />
help solve problems and challenges society faces.<br />
Recommendation:<br />
The Canadian Association of Research Libraries (<strong>CARL</strong>) recommends that all stakeholders in Higher<br />
Education in Canada seriously explore how they can support Open Access by way of new publishing<br />
initiatives, OA policies and institutional mandates.<br />
1 Open Access Scholarly Information Sourcebook (OASIS) , Why librarians should be concerned with Open Access<br />
http://www.openoasis.org/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=254&Itemid=256 , and Association<br />
of Research Libraries, Monograph and Serial Expenditures in ARL Libraries, 1986 – 2003<br />
http://www.arl.org/bm~doc/monser04.pdf<br />
1
This briefing paper describes the basic means of achieving OA, who benefits, highlights some<br />
international and Canadian OA initiatives, and expands on the recommendation stated above.<br />
Primary methods of achieving Open Access<br />
Open Access is not intended to replace journals as they currently exist nor does it aim to do away with<br />
peer‐review which is vital to scientific communication. OA is rather about arriving at the means to<br />
ensure publications costs are covered while the results of scholarship are free to access – that is free of<br />
charge, except for such costs that cannot be separated from accessing the internet 2 . OA does not entail,<br />
as is sometimes believed, second rate or vanity publishing; it in no way seeks to curtail the necessary<br />
rigors of peer‐review and the high editing standards expected from scholarly journals. An estimated<br />
10% of the scholarly and STM journals are open access. PloS Biology, a journal published by the open<br />
access publisher Public Library of Science, is the highest ranked scholarly journal in its field 3 .<br />
There are many OA models, but the two chief approaches are open access journals and open digital<br />
repositories. Another way to provide open access is through a hybrid model. OA journals provide free<br />
access to scholarly literature by covering the publications costs through a variety of alternatives to the<br />
predominant subscription model – institutional subsidies/grants/memberships, advertising revenue,<br />
article fees, combination of free online version with paid print subscriptions, etc. Although some OA<br />
journal publishers charge authors article processing fees, ranging anywhere from $500 to $3,000, many<br />
will waive the fee or it can often be covered by a line in research grants. The second main route to Open<br />
Access is through article manuscript archiving in open digital repositories. This particular strategy<br />
compliments scholars’ practice of publishing the results of their research in vetted peer‐reviewed<br />
research journals – it does not replace it. Author archiving or self archiving (as this OA strategy is<br />
sometimes called) enables researchers to carry on their usual publishing activities, submitting to the<br />
most suitable journals in their field whether they are open access or subscription based. The majority of<br />
commercial scholarly journal publishers, moreover, permit authors to place peer‐reviewed article<br />
manuscripts in institutional repositories 4 . Just a few minutes and keystrokes at the keyboard (at no cost<br />
to the author) allow researchers to make their work more visible, allowing for other researchers to find<br />
it and build on it. The accompanying metadata submitted with article manuscripts in open digital<br />
repositories is compliant with the Open Archives Institute Protocol for Metadata Harvesting (OAI‐PMH)<br />
which renders such scholarly content easily findable in popular search engines like Google and Goggle<br />
Scholar as well as numerous automated harvesters of digital repository contents. Some toll access<br />
journals have begun experimenting with a hybrid access model (sometimes referred to as author open<br />
choice) whereby authors pay a fee for the publisher to make an article free to access, and the<br />
subscription fee is adjusted according to general author take up of this service 5 . Across Canada, higher<br />
education institutions have been implementing OA programs that include support for open access<br />
journals and open digital repositories, and a few are experimenting with ways to improve access to<br />
2 Budapest Open Access Initiative http://www.soros.org/openaccess/index.shtml<br />
3 The impact factor of PLoS Biology for 2008, as calculated by the Institute for Scientific Information (ISI), was 12.6.<br />
Putting this in context, it is the highest‐ranked journal in the ISI category 'Biology'. ISI Journal Citation Reports<br />
http://admin‐apps.isiknowledge.com/JCR/JCR?RQ=HOME<br />
4 SHERPA/RoMEO, Publisher copyright policies & self archiving http://www.sherpa.ac.uk/romeo/statistics.php<br />
5 SHERPA/RoMEO, Publisher with paid options for open access http://www.sherpa.ac.uk/romeo/PaidOA.html<br />
2
scholarship through hybrid scholarly publishing models.<br />
The Value Proposition of OA to the HE and Scientific Community<br />
Successful implementation of OA policies, programs and publishing models will require close<br />
collaboration between researchers, university research offices, libraries, research funders, and<br />
publishers, in order to “align the intellectual and economic models for scholarly publishing with the<br />
needs of contemporary scholarship and the benefits, including low marginal costs of distribution, of<br />
network technology. 6 ” These are highly desirable outcomes, however, the key goal of Open Access is to<br />
advance science by removing barriers scientists face in accessing other scientists’ work. Not only does<br />
OA help advance science, but it brings the potential to accelerate the speed at which it moves. In<br />
physics, where open access has been commonplace for over a decade, the OA digital repository arXiv,<br />
hosted at Cornell University, provides free access to copies of almost every article published in most<br />
fields of physics (e.g. high‐energy, condensed matter, astrophysics, etc.), deposited by authors for<br />
anyone to use. A study from Southampton University (U.K.) has measured the time between article<br />
deposits into arXiv and when citations to these begin to appear. The research has shown the interval to<br />
be shrinking as the online repository has come into near‐universal use among physicists taking<br />
advantage of the immediate access to their colleagues’ research results. This system shortens the<br />
research cycle, accelerating progress and increasing efficiency in the area of physics 7 .<br />
Open access is good for education and good for research; by broadening the dissemination of the results<br />
of scientific inquiry and discourse, it supports the core mission of the higher education enterprise – its<br />
ongoing commitment to the advancement of knowledge. The present system of scholarly<br />
communication does not always serve the best interests of higher learning institutions or of the general<br />
public that should enjoy the benefit of accessing the results of the research activities it funds. Greater<br />
adoption of open access publishing models, activities, policies and mandates will challenge all parties<br />
with a stake in the dissemination of scholarship to find creative solutions to continue supporting<br />
scientific communication, but they need not compromise a successful balance of interests 8 . The research<br />
community, as a whole, and publishers alike benefit from open access.<br />
Researchers<br />
‐ Potential for greater exposure for their work<br />
‐ Greater access facilitates discovery and use of research beyond traditional disciplinary boundaries<br />
leading to interdisciplinary scholarly convergences that yield more discoveries and innovations<br />
‐ Opens the door to future collaborations at various levels (local, regional, national and international)<br />
‐ Greater control over intellectual property, by negotiating balanced copyright agreements with<br />
prospective publishers<br />
‐ Greater flexibility over how they use the products of their own research<br />
6 An Open Letter to the Higher Education Community, April 23, 2010<br />
http://www.provost.harvard.edu/reports/FRPAA_Open_Letter.pdf<br />
7 Alma Swan, Open Access and the Progress of Science, American Scientist, Volume 95, May‐June 2007<br />
http://www.americanscientist.org/libraries/documents/2007327142636_307.pdf<br />
8 Open Letter, op. cit.<br />
3
‐ In the case of open digital repositories, a useful tool to track their own research record, a useful cv<br />
building tool (e.g. simple creation of lists of publications, presentations given, data sets and learning<br />
objects created)<br />
Universities<br />
Particularly with open digital repositories:<br />
‐ Showcases the institution’s creative/intellectual output to the world, increasing the visibility of its<br />
research programme<br />
‐ Higher visibility of the universities research output offers great potential to draw several<br />
constituencies’ attention : prospective staff, prospective collaborators from other institutions,<br />
prospective students, and other possible stakeholders in the public and private sector<br />
‐ Provides a workspace and collaborative tools for large scale research projects and works in progress<br />
‐ Presents an institutional commitment for long‐term curation and preservation of the University’s<br />
digital intellectual outputs<br />
‐ Greatly facilitates multi/cross‐disciplinary approaches to research that, in turn, lead to more<br />
innovations and discoveries thus increasing the institution’s research output<br />
‐ Provides a useful tool in measuring research and teaching activities at the institution<br />
Students<br />
‐ Coursework and thesis research greatly facilitated by improved access to research literature<br />
‐ No need to worry about being on campus network or not since all that is needed is an internet<br />
connection<br />
‐ Access to peer‐reviewed article manuscripts or open access monograph chapters a viable alternative to<br />
course packs / or could help drive down the costs through inclusion of materials that do not require<br />
payment of royalty fees<br />
‐ Time saved by not having to wait for inter‐library loan for research material<br />
Publishers<br />
‐ Learned societies’ and commercial publisher’s role in reviewing, editing and distributing research is not<br />
diminished by transitioning to open access models and practices<br />
‐ As researchers share the results of their work more widely more research and scholarship is created;<br />
publishing professionals are still needed to manage the selection and vetting of high quality research<br />
‐ Brief embargoes of six months to a year, allow for the maintenance of healthy publishing programs 9<br />
‐ Since the National Institutes of Health public access mandate came into effect in 2008, many<br />
publishers work with the NIH in depositing final, published versions of articles because of (1) a<br />
preference that readers use the published versions, (2)this provides authors a competitive advantage<br />
9 Data show that libraries will not cancel subscriptions to journals with short embargo periods. Some of reasons for<br />
this are: researchers and students require access to the scholarly literature as soon as possible, so an embargo of<br />
any length constitutes too long a delay, and journals also contain valuable information and articles beyond publicly<br />
funded research. Comments of Association of Research Libraries Concerning “Public Access Policies for Science and<br />
Technology Funding Agencies across the Federal Government,” Submitted to the Office of Science and Technology<br />
Policy, January 15, 2010<br />
4
and a vital service, and (3) publishers’ final versions also offer the possibility of driving users to their<br />
websites for additional or similar material 10<br />
‐ Greater readership from broader access and visibility<br />
Libraries<br />
‐ Presents opportunities for the library to partner with researchers, research offices, research presses,<br />
enabling librarians to position themselves as key stakeholders in the research lifecycle<br />
‐ Extends the mission of the library to support timely, enduring, and cost‐effective access to<br />
scholarly/scientific information<br />
‐ Extends / Affirms the library’s role as key steward of the scholarly / scientific record<br />
‐ Gives the library flexibility in striking a balance between licensing and buying certain content, on the<br />
one hand, and participating in the creation and preservation of other content on the other, particularly<br />
the intellectual, research and creative output of students and researchers at its home institution<br />
Research funders / Policy makers<br />
‐ A greater return on the research they invest in, allowing it to have the greatest possible impact that<br />
accrues from other researchers’ ability to find and build on it<br />
‐ A means of tracking the research they fund<br />
‐ Through use of tools that can search both the full text and the references contained in research<br />
articles, and which can index those citations, it is possible to calculate the impact of individual pieces of<br />
research; such tools can help track the evolution of ideas, facilitate analysis of research trends, help<br />
predict which research areas are waxing and waning, and enable more informed planning decisions in<br />
the interest of scientific progress 11<br />
The general public<br />
‐ Access to the research resources they have paid for and which may be important in their daily lives and<br />
educational interests<br />
‐ Access to a fuller array of information resources enables the public to make contributions in all arenas<br />
‐ Opens the door to contributions to science from citizen scientists as well as private sector and public<br />
sector researchers working outside of academia<br />
‐ Access to information that provides a better understanding of current societal challenges: e.g. climate<br />
change, alternative energy sources, the current global economic downturn, etc.<br />
‐ Access to scientific or technical information vital to small business startups<br />
‐ Discoveries and applications resulting by building on or repurposing prior research<br />
While there are numerous benefits to distinct groups, all having an interest in research, support for<br />
open access policies and mechanisms constitute a critical national investment, economically and<br />
socially. Recent research carried out by John Houghton and colleagues at the University of Victoria in<br />
Melbourne suggests that enhanced access to the results of publicly funded research will likely result in a<br />
10 ibid<br />
11 Swan, op. cit.<br />
5
greater return on investment in research and development, something that benefits any economy 12 . The<br />
cost of providing free open access to taxpayer funded research is a mere fraction of the money invested<br />
in science. In the United States, the National Institutes of Health (NIH) spends several million dollars a<br />
year ingesting roughly 80,000 articles into PubMed Central which, via the National Library of Medicine,<br />
provides free access to biomedical literature. That is a small amount compared to the $30 billion dollars<br />
the NIH spent on research in 2009, and to the great value presented by having it publicly available to be<br />
used and re‐purposed. The PMC database is one of a suite of public resources that more than 2 million<br />
users access daily. It is by building on prior studies that many greatly beneficial discoveries have been<br />
made. The discovery of the structure of DNA, the development of penicillin, and the development of<br />
radiation therapy to treat cancer patients all originated from researchers’ ability to interpret and build<br />
upon the work of other researchers 13 .<br />
Scientific research is meant to benefit society through the creation of new knowledge. Universities,<br />
governments, industry and others invest enormously in research to meet current societal challenges and<br />
problems. Putting that research to its best possible use is contingent upon disseminating it as far and<br />
wide as possible and in a cost‐effective manner, something which is aptly put in a declaration in support<br />
of open access issued by Association of American Universities, the Association of Research Libraries, the<br />
Coalition for Networked Information, and the National Association of State Universities and Land Grant<br />
Colleges. Their vision statement for the university’s role in research dissemination reads thus:<br />
The creation of new knowledge lies at the heart of the research university and results from<br />
tremendous investments of resources by universities, federal and state governments, industry,<br />
foundations, and others. The products of that enterprise are created to benefit society. In the<br />
process, those products also advance further research and scholarship, along with the teaching<br />
and service missions of the university. Reflecting its investments, the academy has a<br />
responsibility to ensure the broadest possible access to the fruits of its work both in the short<br />
and long term by publics both local and global.<br />
Faculty research and scholarship represent invaluable intellectual capital, but the value of that<br />
capital lies in its effective dissemination to present and future audiences. Dissemination<br />
strategies that restrict access are fundamentally at odds with the dissemination imperative<br />
inherent in the university mission 14 .<br />
Growing support for open access worldwide<br />
At the grassroots levels academic librarians discuss scholarly communication issues with students and<br />
faculty to raise awareness of the shortcomings of the current dissemination system and of the<br />
12 Houghton, J., and P. Sheehan. 2006. The economic impact of enhanced access to research findings. CSES Working<br />
Paper number 23, University of Victoria, Melbourne, as cited by Swan in Open Access and the Progress of Science<br />
13 ARL comments to OSTP, January 15, 2010<br />
14 Association of American Universities, Association of Research Libraries, The Coalition for Networked<br />
Information, and the Association of Public and Land‐grant Universities, The University’s Role in the Dissemination<br />
of Research and Scholarship – A Call to Action, February 2009 http://www.arl.org/bm~doc/disseminating‐research‐<br />
feb09.pdf<br />
6
importance of experimenting with models that will allow greater, more cost‐effective access to scientific<br />
and scholarly information. Groups such as the Association of American Universities, the Association of<br />
Research Libraries, the Coalition for Networked Information, the Scholarly Publishing and Academic<br />
Resources Coalition (SPARC), among others advocate for public access to federally‐funded research to<br />
bring national attention to the matter of a sustainable scientific information environment that is<br />
accessible to every citizen.<br />
Recognizing the worldwide momentum favoring the development of efficient and sustainable<br />
information systems that maximize the impact of public investment in scientific research , the [U.S.]<br />
Office of Science and Technology Policy (OSTP) issued a call in December 2009 for input regarding<br />
“Public Access Policies for Science and Technology Funding Agencies across the Federal Government”<br />
which garnered a tremendous amount of responses from organizations and individuals which the OSTP<br />
will analyze to craft policy recommendations 15 . On the heels of the OSTP’s request for feedback on<br />
public access policies, Rep. Mike Doyle (D‐PA) and a bi‐partisan host of co‐sponsors introduced the<br />
Federal Research Public Access Act of 2010 (FRPAA) in the U.S. House of Representatives on April 15,<br />
2010. The proposed bill would build on the success of the first U.S. mandate for public access to the<br />
published results of publicly funded research at the National Institutes of Health (NIH), and require<br />
federal agencies with annual extramural research budgets of $100 million or more to ensure the public<br />
benefits from online access to research article manuscripts stemming from funded research no later<br />
than six months after publication in a peer‐reviewed journal. The bill is seen by many to recognize the<br />
need and opportunity to use digital technology to increase the pace of innovation. 16<br />
Another arena where great strides in favour of open access are being made is in open digital<br />
repositories. There are over 1700 open digital repositories that collect and preserve the research<br />
outputs of universities and research centres worldwide 17 . Research funders, universities and other<br />
institutions have thus far adopted over 200 hundred open access mandates. In the United States, faculty<br />
at Harvard University, MIT, the University of Kansas, and Duke University have adopted institutional<br />
mandates requiring researchers to deposit copies of article manuscripts, accepted for publication in<br />
peer‐reviewed journals, in the open digital repositories of their institutions. 18<br />
The Confederation of Open Access Repositories (COAR) established in October 2009, and of which <strong>CARL</strong><br />
is a founding member, embodies significant support for open access internationally. With members<br />
from over 25 countries around the world, COAR seeks to establish a “global network of open access<br />
digital repositories to enhance the wide visibility and applicability of research outputs.” Some of its<br />
activities are to lobby for repositories, their networks, and repository‐based cyberinfrastructure at<br />
15<br />
Office of Science and Technology Policy, Public Access Policy Update, March 8, 2010<br />
http://www.whitehouse.gov/blog/2010/03/08/public‐access‐policy‐update<br />
16<br />
Alliance for Taxpayer Access, Congress takes another stride toward public access to research, April 15, 2010<br />
http://www.taxpayeraccess.org/news/news_releases/10‐0415.shtml<br />
17<br />
Registry of Open Access Repositories (ROAR) http://roar.eprints.org/<br />
18<br />
Registry of Open Access Repository Material Archiving Policies (ROARMAP)<br />
http://www.eprints.org/openaccess/policysignup/<br />
7
national and international levels, to contribute to the development of interoperable standards for<br />
aggregation of OA repository content, to promote increased uptake of researcher archiving practices<br />
with as little burden as possible, and to foster wider funder and institutional open access mandates 19 .<br />
Open access in Canada<br />
Heather Morrison (Librarian and PhD candidate, Simon Fraser University School of Communication)<br />
tracks, on a quarterly basis, the growth of open access mandates and practices in Canada in her blog The<br />
Imaginary Journal of Poetic Economics 20 . Kathleen Shearer (<strong>CARL</strong>, Research Associate) conducted an<br />
environmental scan of the Canadian academic publishing landscape in January‐February 2010. The study<br />
identifies emerging models of peer‐reviewed scholarly publishing in Canada, with a particular focus on<br />
open access and library‐publisher collaborations. The methodology involved a review of the literature<br />
and interviews with stakeholders in the Canadian academic publishing community 21 .<br />
With respects to institutional mandates/policies and open digital repositories, Canadian universities<br />
have made great progress in recent years; over fifty universities and research institutions have a<br />
repository, and there are currently 12 mandates in place which are mostly funder and university<br />
departmental mandates. On April 22, 2010, Concordia University faculty passed a landmark Senate<br />
Resolution on Open Access that requires all of its faculty and students to make their peer‐reviewed<br />
research and creative output freely accessible via the internet. Concordia is the first major university in<br />
Canada where faculty overwhelmingly supports a concerted effort to make the full results of their<br />
research universally available to the world in the university’s open digital Spectrum Research<br />
Repository. 22<br />
Some exemplary open access programmes, developed by libraries in collaboration with faculty and<br />
university administrations, have already been implemented at the University of Calgary, the University<br />
of Ottawa, and Simon Fraser University.<br />
The Center for Scholarly Communication, launched on April 1, 2010, at the University of Calgary, blends<br />
a full suite of publishing services to support the life cycle of research 23 . The University of Calgary Press<br />
will play a leading role in the Centre, offering peer‐reviewed Open Access, eBooks and print‐on‐demand<br />
publishing services. The Open Access Authors’ Fund, the first of its kind in Canada, provides funding for<br />
authors publishing their research in hybrid or open access journals. Digitization and preservation<br />
services, as well as copyright consultation services, support new approaches to scholarly<br />
communication.<br />
19<br />
Confederation of Open Access Repositories (COAR) http://coar‐repositories.org/<br />
20<br />
Heather Morrison, Dramatic Growth of Open Access, March 31, 2010, The Imaginary Journal of Poetic Economics<br />
http://poeticeconomics.blogspot.com/2010/03/dramatic‐growth‐of‐open‐access‐march‐31.html<br />
21<br />
Kathleen Shearer, A Review of Emerging Models in Canadian Academic Publishing, University of British Columbia<br />
Library https://circle.ubc.ca/handle/2429/24008<br />
22<br />
Concordia University Opens its Research Findings to the World, April 22, 2010<br />
http://mediarelations.concordia.ca/pressreleases/archives/2010/04/concordia_university_opens_its.php<br />
23<br />
Centre for Scholarly Communication (University of Calgary)<br />
http://wcmprod2.ucalgary.ca/scholarlycommunication/<br />
8
At its January 2010 meeting, the Simon Fraser University Senate Library Committee adopted sweeping<br />
recommendations to embrace open access publishing. SFU has also created an OA Central Fund to<br />
encourage SFU authors to publish in OA Journals. The fund will pay the author processing charges for<br />
SFU authors who lack additional sources to cover these fees. This is part of the SFU Library’s Open<br />
Access Strategy, which includes: continuing support for the Public Knowledge Project (PKP) and its open<br />
source software, further development of SFU’s Institutional Repository where authors can share<br />
research output, including reports and raw data, and making OA journals more accessible. 24 The PKP has<br />
developed free, open source software ‐ Open Journal Systems and Open Conference Systems ‐ for<br />
managing, publishing, and indexing of journals and conference proceedings while reducing publishing<br />
costs. The SFU Library develops the PKP which has gained application internationally with more than<br />
5000 journals using it worldwide.<br />
The University of Ottawa’s open access program includes: a commitment to make the University’s<br />
scholarly publications accessible online at no charge through the University’s repository, uO Research,<br />
an author fund to help researchers defray some open access publishers’ article processing fees, a fund<br />
to support the creation of digital educational materials available to everyone online at no charge,<br />
support for the University of Ottawa Press’s commitment to publishing a collection of open access<br />
monographs; and a research grant to support further research on the open access movement. The<br />
University of Ottawa was the first Canadian university to join the Compact for Open‐Access Publishing<br />
Equity (COPE), adding its name to a list of prestigious institutions including Cornell University,<br />
Dartmouth College, Harvard University, the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and the University of<br />
California at Berkeley. The signatories of this compact have committed to supporting open access<br />
journals that make articles available at no charge to everyone while providing the same services<br />
common to all scholarly journals, services such as peer review management, production and<br />
distribution. 25<br />
The Canadian Institutes of Health Research (CIHR) have led the way in Canada for open access policies<br />
at the research funder level with the Policy on Access to Research Outputs which came into effect in<br />
January 2008. Under the policy grant recipients are required make every effort to ensure that their<br />
peer‐reviewed research articles are freely available as soon as possible after publication, and no later<br />
than six months, by publishing in open access journals or depositing final article manuscripts in open<br />
digital repositories 26 . The driving idea behind the policy is that all Canadians – the general public,<br />
healthcare practitioners and researchers ‐ should enjoy increasing free access to publicly‐funded<br />
Canadian health research through the Internet. Timely, unrestricted access to research findings is a<br />
defining feature of science, and is essential for advancing knowledge and accelerating understanding of<br />
human health and disease.<br />
24 Removing barriers: Open Access strategy at the SFU Library, January 2010<br />
http://blogs.lib.sfu.ca/index.php/scholarlycommunication/2010/01/27/removing_barriers<br />
25 University of Ottawa among North American Leaders as it launches open access program, December 8, 2009<br />
http://www.media.uottawa.ca/mediaroom/news‐details_1824.html<br />
26 Canadian Institutes of Health Research, CIHR Policy on Access to Research Outputs<br />
http://www.cihr‐irsc.gc.ca/e/32005.html<br />
9
Launched on April 28, 2010, PubMed Central Canada, the result of collaboration between CIHR, the<br />
Canada Institute of Scientific and Technical Information (CISIT) and the [U.S.] National Library of<br />
Medicine, will help researchers with CIHR funding to comply with the Policy on Access to Research<br />
Outputs via the PMC manuscript submission system. PMC Canada will provide Canadians a freely<br />
accessible national digital repository of the latest peer‐reviewed health and life sciences literature at<br />
their fingertips. It is a vital part of Canada’s research infrastructure giving researchers desktop access to<br />
a searchable, permanent and freely accessible archive of Canadian health research enabling them to<br />
translate that knowledge into solutions to important health issues. PMC Canada builds on PubMed<br />
Central (PMC), the archive developed by the US National Library of Medicine, and joins UK PubMed<br />
Central (UKPMC) as a member of the larger PMC International network. 27<br />
Ensuring optimal researcher uptake of the innovative infrastructure and services that are being created<br />
to broaden the reach of their research will depend, in part, on successful educational/outreach<br />
initiatives to inform them of their rights as authors and of the options and best practices available to<br />
them. The Canadian Association of Research Libraries has produced a suite of communications<br />
materials detailing the advantages of open access 28 . The Canadian Association of University Teachers<br />
(CAUT) issued an important intellectual property advisory in the summer of 2008 to assist academic staff<br />
in retaining copyright ownership in the articles they publish in journals. Without copyright ownership,<br />
academic staff risk losing control of their own work and may not be entitled to email it to students and<br />
colleagues, use it for course reserve purposes, place it in an institutional repository, publish it in an open<br />
access journal or include it or parts of it in subsequent works. The CAUT IP advisory stresses the point<br />
that “Journals require only authors’ permission to publish an article, not a wholesale transfer of the full<br />
copyright interest. To promote scholarly communication, autonomy, integrity and academic freedom,<br />
and education and research activities more generally, it is important for academic staff to retain<br />
copyright in their journal articles. 29 ”<br />
27<br />
PubMed Central Canada http://pubmedcentralcanada.ca/<br />
28<br />
Canadian Association of Research Libraries, Greater Reach for Your Research: Resources for Authors<br />
http://www.carl‐abrc.ca/projects/author/author‐e.html<br />
29<br />
Retaining Copyright in Journal Articles, CAUT Intellectual Property Advisory, July 2008<br />
http://www.caut.ca/uploads/IP‐Advisory1‐en.pdf<br />
10
Recommendation:<br />
The Canadian Association of Research Libraries (<strong>CARL</strong>) recommends that all stakeholders in Higher<br />
Education in Canada seriously explore how they can support Open Access by way of new publishing<br />
initiatives, OA policies, practices and institutional mandates.<br />
Work towards advancing open access in Canada could be manifested in but not necessarily be limited<br />
to:<br />
‐ Collaboration between university research offices and libraries to educate researchers on copyright<br />
and author rights<br />
‐ Consultations between all interested parties on the development of institutional mandates that will<br />
enable the university community to broadly disseminate the full range of its scholarly and creative<br />
products in a cost effective manner<br />
‐ Consultation between granting agencies with a view to harmonizing open access policies that make it<br />
easy for researchers to render their research freely available on the internet whether that be by<br />
submitting article manuscripts to an open access publisher, depositing post‐refereed article manuscripts<br />
in an open digital repository, or using part of their funds towards article processing fees in a hybrid<br />
journal<br />
‐ Initiation of a dialogue between various parties on campus – research administrators, researchers,<br />
librarians, to come to an agreement about the best way to modify current research, rewards and<br />
recognition mechanisms, and intellectual property policies in a manner that is consistent with the<br />
broadest possible dissemination of faculty research<br />
‐ Dialogue between researchers, university administrators, librarians, granting council representatives,<br />
and publishers to arrive at an agreement over modification of publishing contracts permitting<br />
immediate or delayed access to peer‐reviewed research as well as placing embargoes (e.g. six months,<br />
twelve months) all in a manner that does not threaten the viability of journal publishers nor limit access<br />
to and use of research<br />
‐ Investing in shared dissemination infrastructure where such opportunities may exist<br />
‐ Fostering partnerships between university research offices, libraries, and university presses to<br />
experiment with low cost/broad dissemination models<br />
‐ Experimenting with open access author funds<br />
11
Rationale and benefits (for whom)<br />
Draw attention to IR's in Canada<br />
Who's, What's, Why's and How's of OA<br />
Briefing paper<br />
U Calgary Author fund<br />
U Ottawa OA program<br />
Draw attention to other initiatives<br />
Others?<br />
Possible translation, graphic design & printing costs<br />
Article: University Affaris/CAUT Bulletin<br />
Ad in same<br />
Concise list of talking points<br />
Media kit<br />
<strong>CARL</strong> OA Engagement Strategy 1<br />
Poster<br />
Greater Reach for Your Research toolkit<br />
Using the SPARC Cdn Auth. Addendum<br />
Document 12<br />
Translation, graphic design, & printing costs<br />
Brief<br />
Media kit<br />
Gov't: MPs, Ministries etc.<br />
Univ Rsearch Offices, VPs Research, etc.<br />
Letters<br />
Other Faculty<br />
Gov't: MPs, Ministries etc.<br />
Univ Rsearch Offices, VPs Research, etc.<br />
Meetings<br />
Other Faculty<br />
Timeline<br />
Congress<br />
Intl. OA week<br />
Science Policy Conference<br />
Events<br />
Presentation template - e.g. ppt slides (translation costs?)<br />
Others?
Meetings (resulting from letters)<br />
Madates (funder & institutional)<br />
Benchmarking success of the OA Engagement Strategy<br />
CIHR<br />
Others?<br />
Granting Councils<br />
NSERC<br />
SSHRC<br />
Universities<br />
Researchers<br />
<strong>CARL</strong> OA Engagement Strategy 2<br />
Libraries and Library Associations / Consortia<br />
Partners / Stakeholders<br />
Canadian Federation of Students<br />
Journal publishers and University presses<br />
Scholarly Communication Committee<br />
Public Policy Committee<br />
Institutional Repositories Sub-committee<br />
AUCC<br />
<strong>CARL</strong> Committees and Sub-committees<br />
CAUT<br />
Document 13<br />
CCR<br />
FedCan
Document 14<br />
PROPOSED MANDATE – STAKEHOLDER MEETING<br />
March 24, 2010<br />
The ecology of research communication is a complex system that encompasses: scholarly journals,<br />
with researchers as “voluntary” authors, academic editors, and peer reviewers; professional publishers<br />
including editors, proof readers, and layout artists; sponsors and funders inclusive of scholars’<br />
groups, disciplinary associations, university presses, ducational/research institutions, and Canada’s<br />
research funding agencies; and libraries and researchers as consumers and archivists.<br />
Information and communication technology (ICT) has disrupted print-derived ecology and created<br />
new opportunities for the reconfiguration of the production of and access to scholarship. A certain<br />
momentum is building toward Open Access, which, if implemented would deprive existing<br />
subscription-based journals of the majority of their income. In the name of a good fight to curtail<br />
excess profit-taking by large, international, commercial journal publishers, insistence on Open Access<br />
could undermine a tremendously valuable legacy of established and prestigious, efficiently produced<br />
research publications that are the output of Canada’s research community through scholarly journal<br />
and monograph publishers.<br />
The central challenge and the reason for this meeting is the preservation of the value of research as it<br />
is communicated in the form of peer-reviewed journal and monograph publishing while taking<br />
maximum advantage of emerging opportunities based largely on ICT. CALJ/ACRS believes that this<br />
challenge can best be met by bringing together all stakeholders/participants, hence this meeting, with<br />
a view to each understanding the goals, needs, preferences, and positions of all others. With that<br />
understanding in place, it is our view that needed resources can be identified and allocated to<br />
maximize the efficacy of an emerging research communication system that will best serve the<br />
research community and society.
In attendance:<br />
SCHOLARLY JOURNALS STAKEHOLDER MEETING<br />
24 March 2010, 1:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m.<br />
Room 1451 – 350 Albert Street, Ottawa<br />
Wendy Corcoran (Policy Analyst, Policy, Planning and International Affairs Division, SSHRC); Anne Marie<br />
Corrigan (VP, Journals, University of Toronto Press); Deb deBruijn (Executive Director, Canadian Research<br />
Knowledge Network); Michèle Dupuis (Program Officer, Knowledge Mobilization and Program Integration,<br />
SSHRC); Michael Eberle-Sinatra (President, Synergies Project); Patricia Emery (Program Officer, Research<br />
and Dissemination Grants Division, SSHRC); Alison Faulknor (Director of Programs, Canadian Federation<br />
for the Humanities and Social Sciences); Ernie Ingles (President, Canadian Association of Research Libraries);<br />
Suzanne Kettley (Deputy Director, NRC Research Press); Kathy Killoh (Journals and Digital Coordinator,<br />
Athabasca University Press); Rowland Lorimer (Director, Canadian Centre for Studies in Publishing);<br />
Cameron Macdonad (Director, NRC Research Press); Craig McNaughton (Director, Knowledge Mobilization<br />
and Program Integration, SSHRC); Jean-Marc Mangin (Executive Director, Canadian Federation for the<br />
Humanities and Social Sciences); David Moorman (Senior Programs Planning Officer, Canadian Foundation<br />
for Innovation); Tanja Niemann (Digital Publishing Coordinator, Érudit); Johanne Provençal (Executive<br />
Director, Canadian Association of Learned Journals); Brent Roe (Executive Director, Canadian Association of<br />
Research Libraries); Christian Vandendorpe (VP Research Dissemination, Canadian Federation for the<br />
Humanities and Social Sciences); Leslie Weir (University Librarian, University of Ottawa); Mary Westell<br />
(Associate University Librarian, University of Calgary Library).<br />
The following summary presents the key points raised at the meeting, organized according to the concerns<br />
raised by the various stakeholder groups in attendance, followed by a list of shared concerns as identified over<br />
the course of the meeting by the various attendees.<br />
The following summary of the meeting/discussion is meant to facilitate:<br />
(1) each stakeholder group in making understood their own concerns to other stakeholder groups;<br />
(2) each stakeholder group in better understanding the concerns of the other stakeholder groups;<br />
(3) the stakeholder groups in situating their own concerns within the context of the larger ecology of scholarly<br />
communication; and<br />
(4) the stakeholder groups in together identifying shared interests and concerns in order to inform coordinated steps<br />
forward.<br />
Opening context<br />
From recent survey, we know this about journals:<br />
Document 15<br />
• 37% of their revenue is from SSHRC<br />
• 26% of their revenue is from the domestic market<br />
• 24% of their revenue is from the international market<br />
• 13% of their revenue is from other sales (many cases, from permissions)<br />
Sixty-three percent of revenue comes from the market. Progress towards open access requires replacement of<br />
most, if not all, of those funds.<br />
Rowland Lorimer and Johanne Provençal, Canadian Association of Learned Journals<br />
page 1 of 3
Document 15<br />
Concerns/perspectives from the journal community<br />
• Continuous pressure and demands on journals: e.g., rising distribution costs, time and costs of running<br />
two distribution streams in response to market demand, sometimes funding editor course release time.<br />
• Secondary (online) aggregators diminish journal site usage, distort usage characteristics (EBSCO appears<br />
as foreign usage), and negatively impact direct subscriptions.<br />
• Revenue diversification minimizes risk; increased dependence on SSHRC is undesirable.<br />
• Online journal publishing tools must be competitive and have stable financial support. Journal publishing<br />
represents a long-term commitment.<br />
• Ease of entry of new journals may destabilize access to knowledge.<br />
• Where science journals are international, social science and humanities journals have a more national<br />
readership, hence their funding should have a more national base.<br />
• The author fee model is not working well in science outside the health sciences and a few notable<br />
exceptions.<br />
• Transition to an OA model is not easy for subscription-based journals.<br />
Concerns/perspectives from the library community<br />
• While the library community as a whole supports OA, within the library community, where each library<br />
makes its own decisions, there is a lack of uniformity of approach.<br />
• In Canada: “open access if necessary but not necessarily open access” appears to hold sway.<br />
• OA represents a redistribution of costs rather than, in the case of social sciences and humanities research,<br />
cost savings for the libraries.<br />
• The success of OA (with libraries) depends on identifiable benefits to libraries that would minimize free<br />
ridership, in other words, a financial model that provides a sound business case for library support.<br />
• The prestige of institutions is based partially upon their ability to provide enhanced access to information.<br />
Universal access undermines this form of competitive advantage. Implication is that rich institutions will<br />
seek such value-added services as indexes.<br />
• There is a need for joint planning between libraries and journals.<br />
Concerns/perspectives from the funding community<br />
• SSHRC favours a recursive model of knowledge access and engagement that keeps the public interest in<br />
mind and can demonstrate social impact. OA leads in the right direction.<br />
• The goal of CFI is to build the capacity for the best research possible in Canada and the greatest impact<br />
of research by all researchers in all disciplines in all universities.<br />
• Research dissemination can be seen as a resource distribution issue. Federal government expenditures<br />
have expanded dramatically in recent years and now exceed $2.3 billion. An appropriate level of spending<br />
on research communication and journal support may be perfectly possible.<br />
• SSHRC policies must be harmonized with Canada’s overall national digital strategy.<br />
• An overall journal support and research communication strategy was developed in the US at the political<br />
level, in Congress.<br />
• In any search for direct support, innovation may be the key.<br />
Concerns and observations relevant for all stakeholder groups<br />
(1) There is a shared interest in strong scholarly communication in Canada:<br />
• It is critical that resources be distributed to scholarly communication in such a way that foreign<br />
aggregators and commercial publishers do not drain unnecessarily the resources that libraries,<br />
journals, and universities spend on research and scholarly communication thereby threatening the<br />
stability of the scholarly communication system in Canada.<br />
• Journal publishing in Canada is quite a small and fragile activity. It needs to be made more robust.<br />
Mechanisms to publish in a digital world and to promote Canadian research and scholarly<br />
communication will build robustness. As well, the means for supporting an ecosystem that reflects<br />
investment in the transformation of raw results into published research with an emphasis on public<br />
usage and impact needs focused consideration.<br />
• “Open access if necessary but not necessarily open access” may weaken Canadian journals in the<br />
Rowland Lorimer and Johanne Provençal, Canadian Association of Learned Journals<br />
page 2 of 3
context of world trends towards open access.<br />
Document 15<br />
(2) There is a shared challenge in trying to determine how best to work with changing dynamics and business models:<br />
• Journals need operational funding that currently is provided by a combination of: SSHRC grants;<br />
market support, most of which is institutional subscriptions; and university/scholar support, most of<br />
which is ad hoc. A business case is needed for the decisions to be undertaken together by the<br />
stakeholders and both libraries and journals need a sustainable model to be in place.<br />
• The benefits of open access to Canadian social science and humanities journals begin with increased<br />
access and extend to increased possible effectiveness if funding is structured to achieve that end.<br />
Because there is no profit-taking in the system (aside from the foreign aggregator profit-taking, which<br />
in this sense is external) the situation differs dramatically from international commercial STM journal<br />
publishing.<br />
• Earned subscription dollars provide funds for growth and innovation. A parallel mechanism is<br />
necessary in an open access environment.<br />
• Ease of entry into the market will lead to the proliferation of new journals. Control mechanisms are<br />
required to deal with growth without thwarting the evolution of knowledge.<br />
• Scholarly communication and specifically journal publishing requires investment. Determining the<br />
best model for attracting that investment is critical.<br />
Possible ways forward<br />
(1) Reconfigured resource flows:<br />
• The market model that was used (with degrees of both success and failure) in an earlier print-based<br />
model has led to the current ecology of scholarly communication. That model has led to constrained<br />
access to research investments within the academy and outside the academy. While open access can<br />
open the gates to knowledge, a continuing investment in knowledge production remains necessary to<br />
support both content review and preparation and effective online communication. Identifying the<br />
means to attract that investment with widespread buy-in of stakeholders is a major challenge.<br />
• Without further consideration and a sound approach to author fees in Canadian SSH research, there<br />
are concerns related to: lack of control to prevent journal overcharging; the need for researchers to<br />
maintain the right to select the place the publication in which they wish to submit their work (as part<br />
of their academic freedom); and authors purchasing accessibility for their own work being open to<br />
abuse.<br />
• University budget allocation to support open access journal publishing may have some value as part<br />
of the equation.<br />
• With the commercial sector on the constant lookout for monetization, it makes sense for a<br />
mechanism for licensing use to exist.<br />
• More direct flows of funds for research communication expenditures within research grants, perhaps<br />
through prioritizing spending, could assist in addressing the need for investments in journal<br />
production.<br />
(2) Coordinated and collective action:<br />
• A pilot national infrastructure project could be designed to address both journal and library needs.<br />
Such goals as a stable publishing infrastructure, maximum access for users, capturing revenue from<br />
third-party monetization, and maximizing public benefit could be at the forefront with considerations<br />
of the benefits of self-aggregation, marketing, and indexing for Canadian journals.<br />
• Forward movement suggests the formation of a working group in parallel to or overlapping in<br />
membership with a proposal for a working group that was advanced at the symposium, “Canadian<br />
University Publishing in a Digital Age” (UBC, March 22, 2010), where scholarly monograph<br />
publishing was the focus. Two concerns of that meeting were a fair sharing of investment in the<br />
resources required for monograph publishing and a more lively reception of monographs by the<br />
library community.<br />
Rowland Lorimer and Johanne Provençal, Canadian Association of Learned Journals<br />
page 3 of 3
Project / Activity<br />
Open Access Engagement<br />
Strategy<br />
Sustainable models for<br />
scholarly publishing<br />
Joint IR/Data Mgt<br />
Working Group<br />
Program for 2010 AGM<br />
<strong>CARL</strong> Scholarly Communications Committee<br />
Work Plan 2010<br />
Work Plan<br />
January to December 2010<br />
Jan – Dec (ongoing)<br />
Draw up timeline<br />
Raise awareness of OA<br />
issues; Influence<br />
legislation; advocacy<br />
with the granting<br />
councils; identify some<br />
champions; foster Tri-<br />
Council mandates;<br />
engage faculty and<br />
administrators to<br />
encourage adoption of<br />
institutional mandates<br />
Work with the Public<br />
Policies Committee<br />
e.g. <strong>CARL</strong> proposal to CRKN,<br />
Canadian SSH journals<br />
Review current practices for<br />
research data set ingestion into<br />
institutional repositories<br />
(May 17 – 20)<br />
Document 16<br />
Special collections<br />
Estimated cost(s)<br />
1<br />
Prepare OA briefing<br />
paper or brochure<br />
Letters to MPs,<br />
Ministers, University VPs<br />
Research, Granting<br />
Agency reps<br />
Set up meetings with<br />
gov’t, campus leaders,<br />
etc<br />
Translation fees<br />
Possible graphic design<br />
costs<br />
Possible printing costs<br />
$2300.00<br />
(With PPC support<br />
and/or operational gov’t<br />
relations funds as<br />
needed)<br />
Potential costs<br />
Draft TOR<br />
Expressions of interest to join<br />
WG<br />
Make contact/send invitations<br />
Travel and accommodations<br />
Draw up program / Find<br />
MC/moderator<br />
$6000.00<br />
Obtain files (and presenters’<br />
consent) for upload to <strong>CARL</strong> site<br />
Arrange for podcast recording of<br />
program proceedings
2010 Congress in Montreal<br />
<strong>CARL</strong> Sponsorship of Digital<br />
Preservation pre-Conference<br />
sessions (CLA)<br />
International Open Access<br />
Week 2010<br />
Create Change Canada<br />
Print Preservation Working<br />
Group<br />
2010-04-07<br />
(May 28 – June 4)<br />
<strong>CARL</strong> sponsorship of OA Panel<br />
(three sessions planned – Robert<br />
Darnton keynote; OA business<br />
models panel; panel, OA benefits<br />
in the developing world) – <strong>CARL</strong><br />
being asked to sponsor the third<br />
session.<br />
Gather and Prepare/Re-purpose<br />
<strong>CARL</strong> handouts for Congress<br />
attendees<br />
June 8, Halifax<br />
Event put on by the Association<br />
of Canadian Archivists (ACA)<br />
<strong>CARL</strong>-Sponsored webinar<br />
Collate and share on <strong>CARL</strong> site,<br />
responses to questions about<br />
2009 Intl OA week activities in<br />
Canada – e.g. what worked and<br />
lessons learned – to help inform<br />
planning for Intl OA Week 2010<br />
activities<br />
(Ongoing)<br />
Update with more Canadian<br />
Content<br />
Chair identified, Ex. Dir. will be<br />
on the WG as well<br />
Print collections preservation<br />
being actively handled regionally<br />
(CAUL, CREPUQ Sous-comité<br />
des bibliothèques, OCUL,<br />
COPPUL), but <strong>CARL</strong><br />
participation to provide a national<br />
perspective on print repositories<br />
Institutional Repository Program<br />
Help identify speakers for the<br />
event<br />
Sponsorship ( monetary and/ or<br />
in-kind)<br />
2<br />
$2500.00<br />
(Note: from 2009 budget)<br />
Possible, printing and/or<br />
photocopying costs<br />
$2500.00<br />
Identify speaker, and associated<br />
costs<br />
Announcement / Press release,<br />
translation costs<br />
Webinar service contract<br />
Arrange for recording of event<br />
(probably with webinar service<br />
provider)<br />
$2500.00<br />
Work to be done in house, and in<br />
consultation with Scholarly<br />
Communication librarians in<br />
<strong>CARL</strong> institutions<br />
Draft TOR<br />
Expressions of interest<br />
Total $ 13,300.00
Work plan and Estimated Costs for 2010<br />
Activity Work plan<br />
Meeting of IR Managers in May<br />
A message was sent out the REPOS list<br />
to gauge interest by IR managers. I had<br />
14 positive replies from people indicating<br />
they would attend such a meeting, and 2<br />
requests from people who can’t attend<br />
but would like to dial in remotely.<br />
Current practices for collecting data<br />
sets in IRs:<br />
Many research libraries have built<br />
institutional repositories in order to<br />
manage the research output of their<br />
community and are interested in<br />
collecting datasets. However, there are<br />
additional challenges to collecting and<br />
managing data- including the complexity<br />
of metadata, large size of datasets, etc.<br />
This project will review existing practices<br />
for collection data sets within IRs<br />
internationally, assess the feasibility and<br />
costs associated, and develop a set of<br />
recommendations for libraries that are<br />
interested in this practice. The proposed<br />
project would be undertaken in<br />
conjunction with the Data Management<br />
Subcommittee.<br />
COAR Annual Meeting and ongoing<br />
contribution<br />
User services for aggregated content<br />
of IRs<br />
The aggregate content contained in<br />
digital repositories could be the starting<br />
point for a number of value-added<br />
services that enable the use and re-use<br />
of materials in many contexts. This<br />
project will further develop the concept<br />
using international polar year as an<br />
example, in order to assess its feasibility<br />
Develop agenda, in<br />
conjunction with the<br />
community<br />
Travel to Ottawa<br />
Hold meeting<br />
Discuss scope with<br />
Marnie and Tom<br />
Undertake literature<br />
search/environmental<br />
scan<br />
Write up results<br />
Consult with IR/Data<br />
Management<br />
community for input<br />
Volunteer for one COAR<br />
Working Group<br />
Attend AGM on March 2,<br />
2010<br />
Concept development<br />
Write report<br />
Estimated costs<br />
3<br />
$2,400.00<br />
$2,700.00<br />
$6,600.00<br />
$2,250.00
and determine whether it could be the<br />
basis of a proposal for external funding.<br />
SPARC Digital Repositories<br />
Conference<br />
Other Activities<br />
Total<br />
Participate on program<br />
development committee<br />
Attend the conference in<br />
Baltimore in November<br />
Update web pages<br />
(translate)<br />
Prep and notes for<br />
subcommittee meetings<br />
Communication with IR<br />
community<br />
<strong>CARL</strong> Data Management Subcommittee<br />
Work plan and Estimated Costs for 2010<br />
Activity Work plan<br />
Develop a brochure about the<br />
importance of data management. This<br />
brochure would be aimed at administrators<br />
and researchers and be a "punchy" handout<br />
for those who are trying to raise awareness<br />
of the issue of data management on<br />
campus (or in government agencies). It will<br />
be based on the Data Management<br />
Awareness Toolkit.<br />
Further develop and sponsor/produce<br />
the Workshop on Data Management for<br />
Librarians. Staff at Carleton University<br />
Develop first draft<br />
Send out for<br />
comments<br />
Final draft<br />
Translation<br />
Graphic design<br />
Yes- first draft for May<br />
meeting<br />
A workshop is already<br />
being planned for spring<br />
in conjunction with the<br />
Estimated costs<br />
4<br />
$3,000.00<br />
$5,000.00<br />
$21,950.00<br />
$3,850.00<br />
$1000.00<br />
(towards to costs of speakers
Library have developed curriculum for an<br />
introductory workshop on data management<br />
for librarians. The first workshop took place<br />
on November 10, 2009. Feedback from this<br />
workshop is being used to improve the<br />
curriculum for other workshop(s) that could<br />
be organized and sponsored by the Data<br />
Management Working Group.<br />
Current practices for collecting data sets<br />
in IRs. Many research libraries have built<br />
institutional repositories in order to manage<br />
the research output of their community and<br />
are interested in collecting datasets.<br />
However, there are additional challenges to<br />
collecting and managing data- including the<br />
complexity of metadata, large size of<br />
datasets, etc. This project will review<br />
existing practices for collection data sets<br />
within IRs internationally, assess the<br />
feasibility and costs associated, and<br />
develop a set of recommendations for<br />
libraries that are interested in this practice.<br />
The proposed project would be undertaken<br />
in conjunction with the Institutional<br />
Repositories Subcommittee.<br />
Other<br />
Total<br />
DLI session. traveling to the workshop)<br />
Discuss scope with<br />
Marnie and Tom<br />
Undertake literature<br />
search/environmenta<br />
l scan<br />
Write up results<br />
Consult with IR/Data<br />
Management<br />
community for input<br />
Develop an outline for<br />
this project for May<br />
meeting<br />
Prep and notes for<br />
subcommittee meetings<br />
(Kathleen)<br />
Finish library roles<br />
document and translate<br />
5<br />
$2,700.00<br />
$3,200.00<br />
$10,750.00
Total 2010 budget of Scholarly Communications Committee<br />
Recent charges against the SCOM budget<br />
6<br />
SCOM: 13,300.00<br />
IRs : 21,950.00<br />
Data Management: 10,750.00<br />
Total $46,000.00<br />
Project/Activity IR-related work Data management work Other<br />
Miscellaneous professional<br />
fees (KS)<br />
*Brochures printing<br />
Federal Express Canada<br />
Ltd.<br />
Translation fee<br />
**Corrections to French<br />
data toolkit, and<br />
re-layout (LP)<br />
Miscellaneous professional<br />
fees (KS)<br />
**Meeting re <strong>CARL</strong> data<br />
management services and<br />
CFI<br />
1,479.19<br />
2,567.80<br />
(Greater Reach,<br />
quantity: 1,500)<br />
626.53<br />
(Using the SPARC Cdn<br />
Auth. Addendum,<br />
quantity: 1,000)<br />
89.81<br />
300.00<br />
492.00<br />
23.59<br />
187.30<br />
1,099.30<br />
5.85<br />
83.24<br />
Total: $6947.02
*It is expected the costs of printing <strong>CARL</strong> communications/advocacy materials will be recouped with<br />
sales.<br />
**Beyond work plan, will be covered appropriately without prejudice to the 46K in the budget.<br />
7<br />
April 8, 2010
December 2009 Questionnaire<br />
RE: International OA Week 2009 – successes & lessons learned<br />
At the 2009 Fall General Meeting of the Canadian Association of Research Libraries (<strong>CARL</strong>),<br />
which took place from November 10 to 13, the members of the <strong>CARL</strong> Scholarly Communications<br />
Committee agreed that it would be a good idea to share information about the events that various<br />
library staff across Canada organized to celebrate and promote International Open Access Week<br />
2009 (October 19 to 23). Short summaries of the events that took place across Canadian<br />
university campuses, with a little bit of information on what worked well and what could have<br />
been done differently in hind sight, in no more than five or six sentences would be greatly<br />
appreciated. Information gathered in response to this request will be collated and made available<br />
on the <strong>CARL</strong> Website.<br />
To kick off Open Access Week, <strong>CARL</strong> sponsored a webcast and Q&A session with John<br />
Wilbanks, VP of Science at Creative Commons, on Monday October 19. The live, online Q&A<br />
session was held from 1:00 to 2:00pm. John Wilbanks answered questions from participants at 21<br />
Universities across Canada. This was the first time we hosted an online webinar<br />
of this sort. Overall, it was well attended, and the audience was engaged asking some very<br />
interesting questions. Prior to, some people enquired if the event was going to be recorded. While<br />
this was not the case this year, for next year’s International Open Access Week we will see to<br />
having a podcast made available in order to accommodate those who may not be able to join the<br />
live event due other commitments or events.<br />
Bonjour,<br />
Document 17<br />
Lors de l’Assemblée générale d'automne du 2009 de l'association des bibliothèques de<br />
recherche du Canada (<strong>ABRC</strong>), qui a eu lieu du 10 au 13 novembre, les membres du Comité sur la<br />
communication savante de l’<strong>ABRC</strong> ont décidé de partager des informations sur les événements<br />
que divers personnels des bibliothèques à travers le Canada ont organisés pour célébrer et<br />
promouvoir la Semaine internationale du libre accès 2009 (le 19 au 23 octobre). Afin de nous<br />
aider, nous vous demandons de nous envoyer des résumés d’événements qui ont eu lieu sur vos<br />
campus. Prière d’inclure un peu d'information sur ce qu’a bien réussi et ce qui pourrait avoir été<br />
fait différemment d’après coup (pas plus de cinq ou six phrases seraient très appréciées). Les<br />
informations recueillies à cette demande seront assemblées et rendues disponibles sur le site Web<br />
de l’<strong>ABRC</strong>.<br />
Pour lancer la Semaine du libre accès, l’<strong>ABRC</strong> a commanditée une webdiffusion et une séance<br />
de Q et R avec John Wilbanks, vice‐président chargé des sciences, Creative Commons, le lundi<br />
19 octobre 2009. La séance en direct de Q et R en ligne a eu lieu de 13 h à 14 h. John Wilbanks a<br />
répondu à des questions des participants de 21 universités à travers le Canada. L’évènement a été<br />
bien assisté et les participants ont été bien engagés en posant des questions intéressantes. Avant la<br />
session, on nous a demandé si l’évènement serait enregistré. Ça n’a pas été le cas cette année,<br />
mais pour la prochaine Semaine internationale du libre accès nous avons l’intention de faire un<br />
podcast qui sera affiché sur notre site Web pour accommoder ceux qui ne pourront pas se joindre<br />
à nous en raison d’autres engagements ou évènements.<br />
1
Responses<br />
Calgary<br />
Libraries and Cultural Resources at the University of Calgary celebrated Open Access week with displays,<br />
speakers, and meetings to raise campus awareness. In collaboration with Research Services, the<br />
Students Union and the Graduate Students Association, LCR presented Jennifer McLennan from SPARC<br />
and Leslie Chan from Bioline International to open and close the week's festivities. Displays in all the<br />
campus libraries created focal points for discussion with staff, students, and faculty. A new look was<br />
introduced for our institutional repository (dspace.ucalgary.ca). It was a great opportunity to highlight<br />
the performance of our year‐old Open Access Author Fund and encourage other faculties to join LCR in<br />
mandating deposits of scholarly material in the repository. Publicity included radio interviews with Tom<br />
Hickerson, articles in the student newspaper, The Gauntlet, and UToday, the online campus newspaper.<br />
We are already planning for next year!<br />
Carleton<br />
Carleton worked collaboratively with University of Ottawa and IDRC (International Development<br />
Research Centre) to provide a suite of programs for that week. Carleton Library maintained a web<br />
presence of this collaboration and posted a schedule of events for all three institutions.<br />
http://www.library.carleton.ca/about/projects/openaccess/oaweek2009.html<br />
Some of the activities held at Carleton included:<br />
‐ Plans for Institutional Repository at Carleton Library: Presentation by Pat Moore, Assistant<br />
University Librarian & Head of Systems<br />
‐ Open Access Journals‐The Basics (What They Are and How To Find Them): Presentation by Laura<br />
Newton Miller, Science & Engineering Librarian<br />
‐ A subject guide was created specifically for finding Open Access journals:<br />
http://www.library.carleton.ca/subjects/openaccessjournals.html<br />
What worked well:<br />
‐ Collaboration with University of Ottawa and IDRC. Helped for promotion of events and for<br />
sharing information on similar presentations<br />
‐ Both sessions at Carleton were well attended.<br />
What to work on in the future:<br />
More lead time for planning is necessary. Started planning events at the end of summer/beginning of<br />
autumn, which is one of the busiest times of the year for the universities. It was also difficult to get<br />
speakers in with later notice. Earlier planning will help to ensure more involvement from other<br />
departments on campus and will also enable more timely promotional activities.<br />
2
Concordia<br />
Librarians staffed welcome desks with OA displays and handouts etc. in both Concordia Libraries (as<br />
per Fall 2008) – probably not something we will continue – and we also advertised our extensive OA<br />
web site information using the OA logo etc. on our main page. But our main focus was on the launch of<br />
Spectrum, Concordia’s institutional repository, for which see attached press release.<br />
Spectrum: Concordia University Research Repository Launched<br />
Concordia University Libraries is proud to mark international Open Access Week (October 19 – 23) with<br />
the launch of Spectrum: Concordia University Research Repository. Spectrum is a new digital resource<br />
which, in keeping with the university's strategic plan to develop community engagement and social<br />
responsibility, can make Concordia scholarship freely accessible to everyone via the internet.<br />
Spectrum currently contains the full text of over 6000 theses and dissertations produced at the<br />
university from 1967 to 2003. It also offers Concordia faculty and researchers an additional venue for<br />
sharing their research using a simple process of self‐submission. The name Spectrum reflects the variety<br />
of original research and creative activity that characterizes the scholarly output of Concordia University.<br />
The database, in development since 2007, is an initiative of the Concordia University Libraries supported<br />
by the Office of the Vice‐President, Research & Graduate Studies.<br />
"I am delighted to see the launch of this significant new resource," said Louise Dandurand, Vice‐<br />
President, Research and Graduate Studies. "The creation of a Research Repository speaks to Concordia's<br />
commitment to increase its contribution to world knowledge and promote public access to the results of<br />
publicly funded research."<br />
"Research deposited in Spectrum is highly visible, because the site will be searchable using popular<br />
search engines such as Google and Google Scholar," added Jocelyn Godolphin, Associate University<br />
Librarian for Collection Services. "Concordia University now joins some 1200 other repositories round<br />
the world in providing a university‐wide open access repository which will increase accessibility and<br />
preserve the scholarship produced by Concordia University researchers."<br />
Explore Spectrum at: http://spectrum.library.concordia.ca/.<br />
Spectrum workshop: Increase the Visibility of your Research on October 22 in Webster Library and on<br />
October 26 in Vanier Library will review the submission process and kinds of scholarly publications that<br />
can be added at this time to Spectrum. For more information, contact: Spectrum@alcor.concordia.ca.<br />
Ottawa<br />
The University of Ottawa hosted two engaging presentations on Tuesday, October 20, 2009 as part of<br />
International Open Access Week. The first talk, “Open Access: How it Can Reform the Science of Health<br />
Care,” given by Dr. Stephen Choi, Co‐Editor‐in‐Chief of Open Medicine and Associate Program Director,<br />
Emergency Medicine Residency, brought to light serious issues plaguing traditional publication models<br />
used for disseminating medical research. The second talk, “Open Access 2.0: Why Canada's University<br />
Should Become Canada's Open Access University,” given by Michael Geist, Canada Research Chair in<br />
Internet and E‐commerce Law, sought to encourage Canadian universities to adopt official policies that<br />
would make open access dissemination of research mandatory. Unfortunately, the event was<br />
3
poorly attended even though great efforts were made to promote it. Also, the presentations were not<br />
recorded, which is something that would definitely have been useful.<br />
L’Université d’Ottawa a organisé deux présentations le mardi 20 octobre 2009 dans le cadre de la<br />
semaine internationale du libre accès. La première, « Open Access: How it Can Reform the Science of<br />
Health Care », présentée par Dr. Stephen Choi, Co‐rédacteur de Open Medicine et Directeur associé du<br />
programme de résidence de médecine d’urgence, a mis de l’avant de sérieux problèmes qui affligent les<br />
modèles de publication traditionnels utilisés pour diffuser la recherche médicale. La deuxième, « Open<br />
Access 2.0: Why Canada's University Should Become Canada's Open Access University », présentée par<br />
Michael Geist, Chaire de recherche du Canada en droit d'Internet, a voulu inciter les universités<br />
canadiennes à adopter des politiques officielles rendant la diffusion de la recherche en libre accès<br />
obligatoire. Malheureusement, l’assistance était peu nombreuse malgré les efforts significatifs utilisés<br />
pour promouvoir l’événement. De plus, les présentations n’ont pas été enregistrées ce qui aurait été<br />
très utile.<br />
Ottawa, Carleton, IDRC<br />
Carleton University Library, the University of Ottawa Library, and the International Development<br />
Research Centre (IDRC) teamed up to provide an exciting and informative week of programming on<br />
many aspects of Open Access. Practical presentations ‐ how to find open access journals and<br />
understanding the green and gold paths – were combined with thought‐provoking calls to action from<br />
speakers such as Prof. Michael Geist, Open Access advocate, and Dr. Stephen Choi, emergency physician<br />
and editor of the online journal Open Medicine. Next year we plan to podcast the presentations to<br />
benefit a wider audience. This was the first time our three institutions had partnered together in this<br />
way and we’ll be building on our collaboration to make next year’s event an even greater success.<br />
Queen’s<br />
The Open Access Week @ Queen’s Program was successful in offering a set of interesting and engaging<br />
presentations, and that the sessions were well received by attendees. The keynote presentation by<br />
John Willinsky was well attended. While the promotional campaign was comprehensive and thorough<br />
in its coverage of the Queen’s community, there were a number of factors that may have contributed<br />
to reduced turnout for some of the sessions including the timing of sessions, the fact that International<br />
Open Access Week coincided with mid‐term study week for students, and that there are always other<br />
activities and priorities that compete for the attention of faculty and students. Engaging members of<br />
the academic community in better understanding Open Access and what is means for them remains a<br />
significant challenge. Our Planning Group concurred that the 2009 Open Access Week @ Queen’s<br />
program and its coverage in the Queen’s media was a good step toward increasing awareness of open<br />
access to scholarship at Queen’s.<br />
We were fortunate enough to be able to record and post John Willinsky's very inspirational talk.<br />
UBC<br />
Last year UBC participated in SPARC’s First International Open Access Awareness Day event on October<br />
14, 2008. We were able to draw on that experience when SPARC extended the event to a week, this<br />
year, to give organizations flexibility on timing and planning. At UBC we chose to hold events for three<br />
afternoons in that week (Tuesday to Thursday). This was based on our understanding that attendance is<br />
4
generally better Tuesday to Thursday afternoons for UBC events. Late in our planning process we<br />
learned about the <strong>CARL</strong> sponsored webcast, Q&A session with John Wilbanks. We added this to our<br />
schedule.<br />
Our overall objectives for this year were to increase awareness of open access (OA) and the principle of<br />
open scholarship and to utilize our event as a forum to engage our community (UBC & non‐UBC) in a<br />
discussion of OA. To this end, the week’s events were built around three themes: Open Access Around<br />
the World, Surfacing UBC Scholarship, and Journal Publishing. Our rationale for drawing up these<br />
themes are as follows:<br />
1. Lectures constructed around the theme Open Access Around the world was intended to<br />
emphasize and educate our community on the global nature of open access and its connected<br />
open movements;<br />
2. Sessions on the theme of Surfacing UBC Scholarship was intended to showcase local, UBC<br />
community participation in the open movement and to further advertise cIRcle, the university’s<br />
Information Repository;<br />
3. The theme of Journal Publishing was based on a UBC Journal Editor’s Forum, UBC Library hosted<br />
in October 2008. At the forum, we learned many of the UBC journal editors had questions about<br />
open access business models. Some were struggling to consider how best to transition their own<br />
journals to an open access model. They indicated they would appreciate a follow‐up session<br />
addressing these questions. We felt a follow‐up session that coincided with our Open Access<br />
Week planning would be ideal.<br />
A listing of talks per theme can be found on the Open Access Week@ UBC website:<br />
http://www.library.ubc.ca/schol_comm/oa/start.html<br />
We also hosted a small exhibit, displaying open access initiatives and our OA events on video monitors<br />
located in the centre and other libraries and we exhibited two poster displays of our IR and another<br />
exhibit of open access and costs of journals in high‐traffic areas in our centre.<br />
Overall the event was felt to be a success as evidenced by the increased attendance per day from the<br />
previous year’s one day event, 1 particularly faculty attendance, and meeting most of our objectives:<br />
Each event was full with a total of 121 participants over the course of the week. Of that number 45<br />
faculty attended, 12 UBC (non‐library) staff members; 7 students; 49 UBC librarians & library staff, and<br />
10 members of the public. We also met our objective to broaden participation to our library community<br />
at large. Although public attendance was fairly minimal, it was interesting for us to see who came: one<br />
was a medical doctor (came for every event), one was a faculty member from a local college (came for<br />
every event), one was a faculty member from the University of Washington, and one was a recent<br />
undergraduate of UBC (came for every event). We were also pleased faculty attendance increased<br />
substantially particularly on the Journal Publishing Day.<br />
It is also always a measure of success, when an event leads to follow‐up speaking invitations to<br />
departmental groups. Several weeks after the event, a faculty member who attended our OA week<br />
events invited us to conduct a workshop on open access, copyright & author rights and cIRcle, UBC’s<br />
1 Open Access Awareness Day took place on October 14, 2008 from 1‐5 pm: (total of 24 in attendance, 9 faculty, 3<br />
UBC staff, 12 UBC Library staff). The organizers attributed low attendance to the event falling on the 2008 Federal<br />
Election Day and the next working day following Thanksgiving.<br />
5
Information Repository to her departmental faculty and students; another faculty participant invited a<br />
librarian to his Research Institute to talk to faculty about open access business models for journal<br />
publication and the future of digital scholarship.<br />
Lessons Learned:<br />
Public Attendance:<br />
The organizers were well aware that we needed to consider other avenues for advertising events to the<br />
larger public. Due to a last minute decision to extend our event to the public, we were only able to<br />
advertise minimally. Next year we will need to work with university alumni groups and others to<br />
advertise our events to the public.<br />
Appealing to Students:<br />
Despite massive advertising to UBC student groups and faculties, as with our OA Awareness Day event<br />
last year, we had difficulties appealing to non‐library school students. Next year we will have to think<br />
more carefully about partnerships with other student groups on our campus.<br />
<strong>CARL</strong> & SPARC Webcasts:<br />
Although we welcomed and liked the approach for the <strong>CARL</strong> kick‐off event, notice of the event came too<br />
late after mass advertising was already sent out. There may have been others on the UBC campus that<br />
joined in the webcast that were not captured in our statistics. If <strong>CARL</strong> does a similar event in the future,<br />
it would be good to have several months notice, if possible, so that we could build an event, such as a<br />
discussion forum, around the webcast. Our experience with the SPARC webcasts this year and last year,<br />
is that they are not well attended by non‐library folks. Even participants who attended sessions just<br />
before the webcast opted to leave once the webcast came on. The ability for institutions to plan and<br />
build a specific event around the webcast may improve attendance.<br />
Faculty Attendance:<br />
Similarly to last year, the faculty who tended to come to the events were those the Library had<br />
previously built a relationship with (journal editors, individual faculty etc.) Next year, I would suggest we<br />
co‐host events with other campus stakeholders or partner with faculty on some of the talks as a way of<br />
improving faculty and student participation in our events.<br />
Timing of the Event:<br />
We also learned the timing of the event may have been a factor attendance‐wise. I heard from a<br />
number of faculty members that they wanted to come to our events but they were either in the midst of<br />
meeting deadlines for grant funding applications, preparing lectures and so forth. It is a tremendously<br />
busy time on campus. When asked if there was a preference for time of year, most indicated end of<br />
November or late March as a better timeframe. Perhaps next year we may consider taking advantage of<br />
Open Access Week by hosting just a couple of sessions as a way of advertising our main event later in<br />
the year. The timing would also help our organizers who had to navigate our summer vacation time in<br />
order to plan events. Furthermore, we found it was difficult to commit keynote speakers from outside of<br />
our organization to speak at our events. Often they were booked early on at their home institutions or<br />
other institutions for OA Week events. Hosting the event at another time would be more helpful if we<br />
wish to book external speakers.<br />
6
UWO<br />
Western Libraries at The University of Western Ontario organized a panel discussion and a workshop<br />
during this year's Open Access Week. The topic of the panel was "What Can Open Access Do for<br />
Academic Authors and Society?". The panelists were three faculty members at Western (Professor<br />
Joaquin Madrenas, Professor Mark Perry, and Professor Ajit Pyati) who had been engaged in the open<br />
access movement in different ways. Professors Madrenas and Pyati discussed how open access was<br />
beneficial to academic authors and society as a whole. Professor Perry then shared his thoughts about<br />
author rights and intellectual property law. The workshop, which took place two days after the panel<br />
discussion, introduced attendees to different routes to ensure open access to their published research.<br />
The library also set up two information booths to distribute brochures about open access and<br />
Scholarship@Western (the scholarly communication portal managed by the library). Two follow‐up<br />
events were organized in Nov. to carry forward the momentum of the Open Access Week. The first was<br />
a guest lecture by an intellectual property professor at Western, Dr. Samuel Trosow, who addressed<br />
the need to find the right balance about copyright for teaching, research, and cultural expression. The<br />
second event was the Sparky Awards @ Western video contest. The library invited Western students to<br />
create short videos to express their views of the value of information sharing in the digital age.<br />
It seemed that discussions of examples of how open access has actually been translated into practice<br />
would be of interest to attendees of these events.<br />
7
Document 18<br />
A Review of Emerging Models in Canadian Academic Publishing<br />
By Kathleen Shearer, Consultant<br />
March 15, 2010<br />
The report was commissioned by the University of British Columbia Library<br />
1
A Review of Emerging Models in Canadian Academic Publishing<br />
Table of Contents<br />
Introduction<br />
Case Studies<br />
I. Open Access Journals<br />
II. Library Hosting and Publishing Services<br />
III. Other Journal Hosting and Publishing Services<br />
IV. University Presses<br />
V. Digitization and Print on Demand Services<br />
VI. Open Repositories<br />
VII. Aggregators and Harvesters<br />
VIII. New Forms of Digital Scholarship<br />
References<br />
I’d like to thank the following people for their contribution to compiling this report: Guylaine<br />
Beaudrie, Amy Buckland, Laura Carleton, Leslie Chan, Marshall (Peter) Clinton, Anne Marie<br />
Corrigan, Leonora.Crema, Rea Devakos, Lynn Fisher, Dean Guistini, Wayne Johnson, Sam Kalb,<br />
Inba Kehoe, Joy Kirchner, Andrea Kosavich, Donna Livingstone. Carole Moore, Louise O’Neill,<br />
Joanne Newyear Ramirez, Brian Owen, Ingrid Parent, Nick Ruest, Diane Sauve, Kevin<br />
Stranaugh, Donald Taylor, Leah Vanderjagt, Wade Wyckoff<br />
2
Introduction<br />
The changes in scholarly communication have been well documented in numerous reports and<br />
articles over the last decade. Today most scholarly journals and a growing number of monographs<br />
are distributed in digital format over the Internet. In the near future, it will be common for<br />
scholarly publications to be “enhanced with embedded graphics, audio and video materials, all<br />
linked with datasets and applications needed to manipulate data, etc” 1 . Moreover, user<br />
expectations in the digital world often involve easy, immediate, and free access to content. In<br />
addition, the rates of technological change are not expected to wane anytime soon, but rather<br />
accelerate.<br />
This report presents the result of an environmental scan of the Canadian academic publishing<br />
landscape undertaken in January-February 2010 on behalf of the University of British Columbia<br />
Library. The purpose of the scan was to identify new models of peer-review scholarly publishing<br />
in Canada, with a particular focus on open access and library-publisher collaborations. The<br />
methodology involved a review of the literature and interviews with stakeholders in the Canadian<br />
academic publishing community.<br />
In Canada, most scholarly publications are still produced by traditional publishers (scholarly<br />
societies, commercial publishers, and academic presses), and are made available via subscription<br />
or purchase. Many are in the social sciences and humanities. However, scholarly publishing in<br />
Canada, as elsewhere, is in a state of flux. Traditional roles are becoming blurred and new models<br />
are emerging. The review found three important factors that are contributing to the deployment of<br />
these new models:<br />
1. New technologies, in particular the Internet and publishing management software, are<br />
having a huge impact on academic publishing and distribution in Canada. Open Journal<br />
Systems (OJS) developed by the Public Knowledge Project, for instance, is an open source<br />
software system for managing journal publishing processes. It is currently being used by<br />
approximately 5,000 journals around the world. OJS, and other similar platforms, manage<br />
the journal’s workflow from manuscript submission to publication making it significantly<br />
easier to publish and also reduce the costs associated with publishing. These new<br />
technologies are enabling libraries, scholars, and student groups to become more active<br />
players in scholarly publishing.<br />
2. Synergies Canada is a collaborative initiative of twenty-one Canadian universities. Led<br />
by the Université de Montréal (with the Consortium Érudit), the project has four additional<br />
regional partners: Simon Fraser University, University of New Brunswick, University of<br />
1 Brown et al. pg. 14<br />
3
Toronto, and University of Calgary. The purpose of the project is to bring Canadian<br />
humanities and social sciences journals online. It aims to develop a non-profit national<br />
infrastructure for Canadian scholarly publishing that will eventually expand beyond social<br />
sciences and humanities. 170 Canadian journals are currently participating in the project.<br />
The journals are mostly hosted by a university library, aggregated to the regional node, and<br />
made available through the national Synergies portal. The Synergies project has been led<br />
in large part by Érudit, a multi-institutional publishing consortium comprising the<br />
Université de Montréal, the Université Laval and the Université du Québec à Montréal,<br />
which has been instrumental in providing online access to Quebec, French-language<br />
journals. Synergies Canada was funded through a Canada Foundation for Innovation grant,<br />
provincial partners, and institutional operating funds.<br />
3. Open access is a growing international movement that calls for the free availability of<br />
scholarly output over the Internet. Open access (OA) targets the peer-reviewed journal<br />
literature, for which authors receive no financial compensation, although in some cases OA<br />
is being adopted for scholarly monographs. Open access can be achieved in two ways:<br />
through open access publications or open access self-archiving, which involves depositing<br />
a copy of a subscription-based publication into an open access repository.<br />
The concept of OA emerged in 2001 out of a meeting organized by the Open Society<br />
Institute in Budapest. Since then, its popularity has grown steadily. Authors who support<br />
open access do so because it broadens their readership, and governments support it because<br />
it makes research knowledge funded by taxpayers available to the public. Forthcoming<br />
funding agency and university mandates requiring authors to make their publications open<br />
access will likely further strengthen the prospects for open access.<br />
Universities are the backdrop for most of the innovative approaches to scholarly publishing being<br />
adopted in Canada. Open access journals are steadily moving into the mainstream and open<br />
access monographs are starting to appear. E-books and print on demand services are being<br />
embraced by both university presses and libraries. A growing number of independent scholars,<br />
scholar collaboratives, and student groups are publishing their own peer-reviewed materials. And,<br />
Canadian libraries are becoming more active in publishing and dissemination, through the<br />
implementation of institutional repositories and journal hosting services.<br />
A common theme running through many of the initiatives identified for this review is that they<br />
are the result of collaborations amongst different communities. Working together, libraries,<br />
publishers, and scholars are better able to find creative solutions to publishing in a rapidly<br />
evolving environment. In addition, collaborations can help to mitigate the risks inherent in change<br />
for all participants involved. It is reasonable to assume that strengthening these partnerships and<br />
4
fostering new ones will assist Canadian organizations in adapting to changes in scholarly<br />
publishing.<br />
Universities can play an important role in nurturing these kinds of relationships. Digital<br />
publishing activities on campus are often uncoordinated, and can sometimes be at odds. By better<br />
aligning the services of presses, libraries and other digital publishing projects, institutions can<br />
facilitate a shared vision and benefit from the combined expertise of representatives from various<br />
sectors. Universities have a lot to gain from becoming more engaged with digital publishing. As<br />
argued in a 2007 paper published by ITHAKA, “a renewed commitment to publishing in its<br />
broadest sense can enable universities to more fully realize the potential global impact of their<br />
academic programs, enhance the reputations of their institutions, maintain a strong voice in<br />
determining what constitutes important scholarship, and in some cases reduce costs.” 2 This<br />
review shows that Canadian universities are already deeply involved in a range of publishing<br />
activities. Universities should consider implementing a university-wide strategy, which would<br />
ensure that publishing activities are well supported and reflect the broader aims of the institution.<br />
2 ITHAKA is a not-for-profit organization dedicated to helping the academic community take full advantage of rapidly<br />
advancing information and networking technologies. See Brown, pg. 3<br />
5
Case Studies<br />
The remainder of this report describes specific trends in the scholarly publishing environment and<br />
presents a number of case studies that highlight these trends. The case studies should not be<br />
considered as a comprehensive record of initiatives in Canada, but rather an attempt to<br />
demonstrate the range of activities occurring here.<br />
I. Open Access Journals<br />
Open access journals have been moving into the mainstream over the last decade and currently<br />
represent a significant portion of the world’s academic journals. As of March 2010, the Directory<br />
of Open Access Journals lists just fewer than 5,000 journals (4755) 3 . This represents<br />
approximately one-fifth to one-sixth of the estimated total number of journals being published<br />
currently 4 . In Canada, most of these open access journals are independent scholar-led journals not<br />
affiliated with large publishing houses. Many OA journals are hosted by libraries and are<br />
receiving support through the Synergies project.<br />
Funding is a major challenge for Canadian journal publishers. Most Canadian-based journals are<br />
run on a shoestring budget, and rely heavily on volunteer contributions, graduate student work,<br />
and technical and hosting support from academic libraries. Open access journals must find funds<br />
other than via subscriptions to undertake copy-editing, layout, and XML markup of articles,<br />
marketing, etc. In addition, they must compete with the sophisticated platforms of the major<br />
publishers that are quite expensive to maintain. In Canada, as elsewhere, open access journal<br />
publishers are still looking for the right balance of funding sources in order to reliably cover the<br />
costs of publishing.<br />
Current sources of revenue for open access journals include: grants, subsidies, sponsorships,<br />
institutional and individual memberships, advertisements, donations, and submission/article<br />
processing fees. Often, journals will derive funding from several of these sources. A recent<br />
survey of 998 journals using OJS software found that the “strongest source of revenue comes in<br />
the form of subsidies…from the institution, the state, or a donor, and a number of programs exist<br />
for the subsidization of scholarly publishing” 5 . The study found that submission or publication<br />
fees were a source of revenue for only 12 percent and existed principally for biomedical journals.<br />
Some journals, for instance many journals available through Érudit, provide open access only<br />
after a period of from 6 months to two-years. This allows them to retain some revenue from<br />
subscriptions for current issues, while providing free access to their archives.<br />
3<br />
From the Directory of Open Access Journals: http://www.doaj.org/<br />
4<br />
Corbyn, pg. 1<br />
5<br />
Edgar, et.al. pg. 11.<br />
6
For journals in the social sciences and humanities (SSH), publishers are eligible for government<br />
grants from the federal government (e.g. SSHRC) as well as the Quebec government, although,<br />
these grants do not generally cover the full costs of publishing. The SSHRC subsidy program<br />
currently supports over 150 Canadian journals. A recent article describing the situation with<br />
Canadian SSH journals asserts, “Were subsidies not in place, few Canadian social science and<br />
humanities (SSH) journals would exist: the market is simply not big enough to support such<br />
publications. Without such journals, Canadian research would become far less visible.” 6<br />
Several university libraries in Canada 7 have recently launched open access funds that enable their<br />
authors to publish in fee-based open access journals. The funds divert subscription monies<br />
towards open access publications and pay for article processing fees or institutional memberships.<br />
The case studies detailed below demonstrate some of the new funding models being employed by<br />
open access journals/publishers in Canada.<br />
Case Study: Canadian Journal of Sociology/Cahiers canadiens de sociologie<br />
http://ejournals.library.ualberta.ca/index.php/CJS/index<br />
The Canadian Journal of Sociology is an open access journal that publishes rigorously peerreviewed<br />
research articles and innovative theoretical essays by social scientists from around the<br />
world, providing insight into the issues facing Canadian society as well as social and cultural<br />
systems in other countries.<br />
In 2007, the journal transitioned from subscription model to open access. The editor made the<br />
decision to adopt an open access model principally in order to broaden the journal’s readership in<br />
Canada and abroad, ultimately improving the impact of the journal. In addition, the editor<br />
believed that the move was necessary in order to attract a younger generation of readers and<br />
authors.<br />
As part of the transition, the journal left University of Toronto Press and moved to the University<br />
of Alberta site. The editor discontinued the print version of the journal and since 2008, they have<br />
published in electronic format only, using the OJS software. The costs of publishing declined<br />
significantly because most of their subscription revenues “went to cover the costs associated with<br />
producing a print volume, such as printing, subscription management and postage” 8 . The major<br />
costs for the journal are the salary of the editorial assistant and some funds to occasionally<br />
purchase new technology.<br />
6<br />
Lorimer et al. pg. 175<br />
7<br />
University of Calgary, University of Ottawa, and Simon Fraser University have all recently announced OA funds.<br />
8<br />
Haggerty, pg. 1<br />
7
The journals single revenue source is a grant from the Social Sciences and Humanities Research<br />
Council of Canada. Hosting and technical support are provided for free through the University of<br />
Alberta Libraries and the Department of Sociology at the University of Alberta provides the<br />
journal with an office. In addition, the editor receives a competitive grant from the University of<br />
Alberta that releases him from teaching one course in order to work on the journal.<br />
Case Study: Open Medicine<br />
www.openmedicine.ca<br />
Open Medicine is a peer-reviewed, independent, open-access general medical journal. The<br />
mission of Open Medicine is to facilitate the equitable global dissemination of high-quality health<br />
research; to promote international dialogue and collaboration on health issues; to improve clinical<br />
practice; and to expand and deepen the understanding of health and health care. The Journal<br />
examines issues relevant to health and clinical medicine both in Canada and internationally.<br />
Open Medicine is a full open access journal and makes its content available through a Creative<br />
Commons Attribution Share Alike Licence. This means, users can copy, download, reprint, reuse,<br />
distribute, or display the Open Medicine content as long as the source is attributed. Authors retain<br />
copyright of their work when they publish in open medicine.<br />
Open Medicine is an independent scholar-led journal with two co-editors and a number of deputy,<br />
associate and contributing editors. The journal relies heavily on volunteer time for much of its<br />
publishing activities. A recent article by Open Medicine editors says that it takes from about 25 to<br />
31 hours to process each article- most of which is volunteer time. 9<br />
The journal uses the OJS system. It is part of Synergies Canada and thus receives free hosting and<br />
technical services by Simon Fraser University Library.<br />
Until recently, the journal has received funding solely through donations and sponsorships.<br />
The journal has a number of categories by which individuals and organizations can contribute:<br />
• Supporters: provide a one-time, monthly or annual donations- a minimum donation of $10<br />
is accepted.<br />
• Sponsors: Companies, individuals and other organizations are invited to support the<br />
development of Open Medicine by becoming a journal sponsor. Sponsorships provide<br />
funds that will help Open Medicine advance its service to authors and readers and fulfill its<br />
mission.<br />
• Partners: Mainly libraries who support the mission of Open Medicine and provide funding<br />
9 Murray et al., pg. e1<br />
8
on an annual basis to the journal.<br />
In January 2010, Open Medicine was accepted for indexing in PubMed. This is important because<br />
it is a stamp of approval of the quality of the journal and also raises the visibility of the articles<br />
published within. However, as a result of being indexed in PMC, the editors are anticipating an<br />
increase in article submissions, and a corresponding increase in the work required to review<br />
article submissions. In response, Open Medicine has introduced a publication charge for articles<br />
accepted by the journal. The fee is $1200.00 Canadian for research and review articles and $300<br />
for commentary and analysis pieces. The fee will enable the editors to continue maintain the 3-4<br />
month turn around times from acceptance to publication of articles.<br />
Open Medicine also maintains a blog on the journal website that is authored by Dean Guistini a<br />
librarian at UBC Libraries.<br />
Case Study: The Journal of Medical Internet Research<br />
www.jmir.org<br />
The "Journal of Medical Internet Research" (JMIR) was founded in 1999 and is a leading health<br />
informatics and health services/health policy journal. JMIR was the first open access journal<br />
covering health informatics, and the first international scientific peer-reviewed journal on all<br />
aspects of research, information and communication in the healthcare field using Internet and<br />
Intranet-related technologies; a broad field, which is nowadays called "eHealth"<br />
The Journal of Medical Internet Research is an independent non-profit academic project,<br />
maintained by researchers without the involvement of any major publishers. It is hosted at the<br />
University Health Network, Centre for Global eHealth Innovation in Toronto, Canada. JMIR is a<br />
fully open access journal. The publishers believe that the Internet opens novel ways to publish<br />
scholarly work independently from any of the large publishing houses and they argue that<br />
research work should remain the property of the creator.<br />
JMIR is financially supported by article processing fees ($1500US) as well as through a network<br />
of individual and institutional memberships, forming a "Network of Excellence in eHealth<br />
Research". Membership options for JMIR are as follows:<br />
• Individual Memberships are $59.00 US dollars per year for a single user. Membership<br />
provides unlimited access to and downloading of all past and future <strong>PDF</strong> versions of JMIR<br />
articles and complete JMIR issues in <strong>PDF</strong> format; Discounts for conferences, events,<br />
products, and services from organizations we partner with and waivers of all article<br />
processing fees<br />
• Institutional Memberships range from $390US per year for an unlimited number of users<br />
(but does not include article processing fee waivers) up to $25,000 for organizations that<br />
9
want to be “Main Sponsors”.<br />
• Article Submission fees of $90 US are payable by all authors submitting articles for<br />
publication<br />
Case study: Bioline International<br />
www.bioline.org.br<br />
Bioline International (BI) is a not-for-profit scholarly publishing cooperative that currently<br />
publishers over 70 open access journals. BI's goal of reducing the South to North knowledge gap<br />
is crucial to a global understanding of health (tropical medicine, infectious diseases,<br />
epidemiology, emerging new diseases), biodiversity, the environment, conservation and<br />
international development. By providing a platform for the distribution of peer-reviewed journals<br />
from developing countries, BI helps to reduce the global knowledge divide by making bioscience<br />
information generated in these countries available to the international research community worldwide.<br />
Bioline is managed by scientists and librarians. It is a collaborative endeavor between Bioline<br />
Toronto (management office) and the Reference Center on Environmental Information in Brazil<br />
(host computer and software development). The project is supported by the University of Toronto<br />
Scarborough Department of Social Sciences (infrastructure) and sponsored by libraries and<br />
members.<br />
Between 2000 and 2008, Bioline International was supported by in-kind contributions from the<br />
University of Toronto and the Reference Center on Environmental Information (CRIA) in Brazil,<br />
library acquisitions payments from University of Toronto Libraries, and the occasional grant from<br />
the Open Society Institute and others.<br />
In 2008, Bioline implemented a new business plan involving membership and sponsorship<br />
contributions. The aim was to have revenues from these contributions support all aspects of<br />
Bioline International operations. Annual membership fees are $500 US per year for Library or<br />
organizational membership and $5000 US per year for Consortial Membership. Individual<br />
memberships and sponsorships are also available.<br />
Bioline has also been seeking short term funding in the form of foundation sponsorships. These<br />
are negotiated individually, and are instrumental in helping Bioline to make the transition to a<br />
membership-supported model over a three-year period.<br />
Case study: University of Toronto Journal of Undergraduate Life Sciences.<br />
http://juls.library.utoronto.ca/<br />
There is an increasing number of student-run journals in Canada. These peer-reviewed journals<br />
10
provide the opportunity for students to “participate in the many facets of publishing and editing<br />
not directly offered through coursework” 10 . They enable students to gain experience in preparing<br />
and submitting manuscripts and sharpening their editorial skills. In addition, student-run journals<br />
are a vehicle for sharing research being conducted by students and are a “forum for students to<br />
showcase their talents in scientific research and social thought”. These journals are often hosted<br />
by libraries.<br />
The University of Toronto Libraries is currently hosting 10 open access student-managed<br />
journals. One of these is the University of Toronto Journal of Undergraduate Life Sciences<br />
(JULS). JULS is dedicated to showcasing the research achievements of undergraduate life science<br />
students and to encourage intellectual exploration across the various life sciences disciplines. The<br />
Journal was established in the summer of 2006 and publishes once annually. All articles are<br />
edited by a two-stage peer-review process.<br />
The journal project began with a small group of students who wanted to showcase various works<br />
of research by other students, and has quickly gained support from various departments and<br />
faculty members at the University of Toronto.<br />
The Journal is an open access journal hosted by the University of Toronto Libraries using the OJS<br />
platform. It publishes in both print and electronic format. The journal receives free hosting<br />
services from the library, and is sponsored by 15 departments across the U of T campus.<br />
II. Library Hosting and Publishing Services<br />
Libraries are becoming increasingly involved in publishing activities on campus. In Canada, the<br />
Synergies project, has contributed to the relatively rapid deployment of these programs. Funding<br />
from Synergies is distributed to participating libraries, which in turn provide free hosting services<br />
and technical assistance for eligible journals.<br />
Library services typically involve basic activities like hosting, technical assistance, and training in<br />
the use of the journal publishing software. In most cases, libraries are providing the services for<br />
free, although a few have or are planning to adopt adopted a fee based model. OJS software is<br />
being widely used by Canadian libraries, and a number of libraries are also assessing whether<br />
they can expand publishing and hosting services to include monographs, when the Open<br />
Monograph Press software is released by the PKP project.<br />
The majority of libraries approach their publishing services as part of broader, open<br />
access/scholarly communication initiatives on campus. These are strategic programs aimed at<br />
10 Antonius et al. pg. 1<br />
11
improving access to research results. As such, libraries often encourage, and sometimes require,<br />
that the journals they work with are open access. In most cases, library hosting and publishing<br />
services are distinct from those of the university press.<br />
Publishing programs have helped libraries develop stronger relationships with departments,<br />
scholars and students who they are working with to publishing journals. However, there have also<br />
a number of challenges for libraries. Publishing services require significant staff time and<br />
expertise and there is not always an obvious fit for these programs within the tradition library<br />
organizational structure. In addition, it is not always easy to justify services that are not<br />
considered to be part of the core activities of the library, especially in lean times. Develop a<br />
sustainable service model that can meet the needs of very diverse clientele can also be<br />
problematic. Ultimately, because they are not known for providing publishing support, libraries<br />
need to actively market their services on campus.<br />
Although library-hosted journals still represent a small minority of the academic journals<br />
published in Canada, the trend is likely to continue because there is a growing demand for these<br />
services from authors and editors. 11 A number of case studies of library services are described<br />
below. Summaries of other library programs can be found in Appendix 1.<br />
Case Study: Software @ SFU Library<br />
http://software.lib.sfu.ca/<br />
The Simon Fraser University Library in Vancouver, British Columbia is a major partner in the<br />
Public Knowledge Project, an initiative directed toward improving the scholarly and public<br />
quality of academic research through the development of innovative online publishing and<br />
knowledge-sharing environments. SFU Library operates the entire support infrastructure for the<br />
project and is the home for the ongoing coordination and development of the PKP software suite,<br />
which includes the Open Journals System.<br />
OJS and other PKP developed software are open source, can be downloaded for free, and users<br />
can make use of a free support forum. However, the SFU Library receives numerous requests for<br />
assistance by users of the software. In response, the library has established Software @ SFU<br />
Library, a fee based service which provides extra help to users.<br />
Software @ SFU Library consists of a range of services related to the PKP software, with an<br />
additional level of publishing services available from the Canadian Centre for Studies in<br />
Publishing, which, through their CCSP Press. The services for e-journals are as follows:<br />
• Annual Hosting and Support Package: installation, configuration, updating and hosting of<br />
11 A 2007 ARL survey that there is a significant demand for these services on campus. See Hahn, 2008.<br />
12
OJS software.<br />
• Custom Programming and Consulting Services: systems expertise at an hourly or daily<br />
rate.<br />
• Training Services: in-person or remote, web-based training sessions at a daily date, plus<br />
travel if required.<br />
• Layout Copy Editing and Publishing Services: layout work, copy editing and other general<br />
publishing services provided by SFU’s Canadian Centre for Studies in Publishing.<br />
To date, the SFU Library has worked with hundreds of publishers, and currently hosts over 230<br />
journals from around the world, 25 of which are local journals participating in the Synergies<br />
Project. The services are available exclusively to journals using the OJS software, but they will<br />
work with both subscription-based and open access journals. The revenues are used to off set the<br />
staff costs associated with services and towards the library’s contribution to open source software<br />
development projects.<br />
According to library staff, library participation in PKP has been a successful and mutually<br />
beneficial partnership. The library's software development expertise and experience with<br />
managing and operating systems infrastructure have provided a solid foundation for the continued<br />
expansion and support of the PKP software suite. In turn, PKP has provided an opportunity for<br />
the library to be an active partner and to work with researchers, software developers, and<br />
scholarly journal publishers on an exciting initiative that has already made a significant<br />
contribution to the still-evolving environment of scholarly publishing. 12<br />
Case Study: York Digital Journals Project<br />
www.fsc.yorku.ca/yul/drupal/ydj/<br />
The York Digital Journals Project (YDJ) provides the technical infrastructure for hosting York<br />
University based academic journals. The services are offered and funded through the York<br />
University Libraries and include providing the storage, software, expertise and training required<br />
for journals. The Project is using OJS Software, which was chosen because of its large user<br />
community and its endorsement by the Synergies initiative.<br />
The Project is currently hosting 18 journals. Most of these journals are either fully or partially<br />
open access. Some are SSHRC funded, others partially sustain themselves via subscription<br />
funding, and some are partially funded by departments/research centres. Most of them involve a<br />
lot of volunteer time and effort on the part of York faculty and graduate students.<br />
The specific services offered to the York University community through the Project are as<br />
follows:<br />
12 Summarized from Owen et al.<br />
13
• Provide the server space to host your journal.<br />
• Create the journal using OJS software, and help you with some basic design.<br />
• Train journal editors and staff to use of OJS software.<br />
• Provide help with any questions or assistance needed.<br />
York University Libraries is committed to the dissemination of Canadian scholarly information to<br />
a global audience. The library launched the York Digital Journals Project in order to promote the<br />
availability and accessibility of scholarly output produced by the York University community and<br />
its affiliates.<br />
Funding for the Program come from the York University Library, with some limited<br />
supplementary funding through the Synergies project. The library funding supports the hosting<br />
environment, and staff time to create the journal web presence, training for journal editors, and<br />
other technical assistance. It was determined that a cost recovery model for services rendered<br />
would be prohibitive to their user community, however, the library will continue to periodically<br />
evaluate whether some of all these services should be fee-based.<br />
Initially the hope was that journals would become self-sufficient and ultimately be able to publish<br />
without the help of the library, however, the library has come to realize this may not be possible<br />
given the high staff turnover at the journals that they are working with.<br />
Case Study: McGill University Libraries<br />
www.mcgill.ca/library<br />
McGill University Library is currently acting as publisher for one McGill University journal:<br />
CuiZine, a new McGill e-journal that was launched in January 2009, and is in the process of<br />
moving the McGill Journal of Education to McGill, from its currently hosted site in the United<br />
States, with a view to publishing it as well. Both journals are open access and published in<br />
electronic format only. One is using the OJS software.<br />
As publisher of these journals, the library is hosting the journal, providing technical assistance<br />
and training to editors, and distributing the journal via the McGill University website and the<br />
Érudit platform based at the Université de Montréal. In addition, as a publisher the library is<br />
providing endorsement for the journal content, as well as offering an extra level of support<br />
beyond the more common hosting services being offered by other libraries.<br />
The publishing services are considered a pilot project and the library is in the initial stages of<br />
putting together a formal program that will offer these types of services to the broader McGill<br />
community. The services are offered free of charge to the journals, but the library may introduce<br />
fees if the program is expands.<br />
14
E-journal publishing is considered part of the library’s efforts to promote wider access to<br />
academic scholarship. Therefore, future services will likely be available only to journals that are<br />
open access.<br />
III. Other Journal Hosting and Publishing Services<br />
Libraries are not the only entities providing a range of journal hosting and publishing programs in<br />
the digital environment. A growing number of organizations, both for profit and non-profit, are<br />
offering these types services, often for a fee. The services tend to be more comprehensive than<br />
those offered by libraries. Several examples of Canadian service providers are included below:<br />
Case Study: Érudit<br />
www.Érudit.org<br />
Érudit is a multi-institutional publishing consortium comprising the Université de Montréal, the<br />
Université Laval and the Université du Québec à Montréal. It is a non-profit society that offers an<br />
innovative model for the promotion and dissemination of research outputs. Érudit forms the<br />
“Quebec node” of the Synergies project and is both a publisher and an aggregator. It serves as a<br />
publishing centre for journals supported by the Fonds québécois de recherche sur la société et la<br />
culture. Retrospective digitization is done for more than half of the 67 journals. Érudit has been<br />
instrumental in providing online access to Quebec, French-language journals.<br />
The Érudit platform aggregates and provides access to several types of documents: academic<br />
journals, e-books, proceedings, theses and dissertations, and other documents and data. A specific<br />
editorial process is applied to each type, and a search tool allows all types of documents in the<br />
entire collection to be queried, while also presenting results in the various categories. The Érudit<br />
platform currently provides access to over 140 journals covering a wide range of disciplines, most<br />
of which are Canadian French language publications. Érudit requires that all journals provide<br />
open access to their publications within two-years of publication. 10 of the journals in the<br />
collection are full open access. The other journals are available through subscription for up to two<br />
years, after which they are available free of charge. Over 80% of the content is open access while<br />
still allowing journals to obtain the revenue they need to ensure the continuation of their<br />
publishing projects.<br />
The Érudit platform also includes an e-Books and Conference Proceedings zone, with the primary<br />
concern of publishing within short deadlines. The Digital Publishing Service for Proceedings<br />
permits dissemination in <strong>PDF</strong> format, as well as offering search services. At the same time Érudit<br />
provides an access page structure for the digital publishing of theses from various universities.<br />
The publishing process adheres to the most consistent standards applicable to digital book<br />
15
processing with respect to both eBook and Web texts. Apart from the digital processing of books,<br />
this area also serves as an experimental zone for publishers and academics studying uses and new<br />
services for readerships.<br />
Érudit also hosts and disseminates other types of non-peer review content such as reports and<br />
research notes, lectures, communications and other content that authors and researchers want to<br />
make available online (in text, audio or multimedia formats). It is both freely accessible and<br />
independent of the journals Érudit publishes.<br />
Case Study: Canadian Centre for Studies in Publishing Press<br />
www.ccsppress.com<br />
The Canadian Centre for Studies in Publishing (CCSP) Press publishes works that examine<br />
publishing (excluding newspapers), report the results of research into publishing, and inform<br />
students of the practicalities of publishing. CCSP Press publishes for the scholarly, educational<br />
and trade markets, and is an innovative lab where new models and technologies of publishing will<br />
be developed and investigated with the intent of advancing industry practice.<br />
CCSP Press addresses the needs of a wide range of journal publishers, delivering support on all<br />
levels of the journal publishing process. In support of their participation in the Synergies project<br />
and their partnership with the SFU Library and the Public Knowledge Project, CCSP Press has<br />
made available various publishing fee-based services including journal founding, transition of<br />
print to online journal publishing, editing, layout, proof-reading, marketing, and subscriptions<br />
management to assist journal in their publishing activities.<br />
Case Study: Multimed Inc.<br />
www.multi-med.com<br />
Multimed Inc. is a Canadian-based international medical publishing and marketing corporation<br />
that was established in 1980. It publishes medical textbooks, reference books, periodicals, and<br />
peer-reviewed journals and offers a complete selection of publishing services and products.<br />
Recently, Multimed Inc. launched a fee-based publishing service for open access journals.<br />
Multimedia will publish an open access journal using the OJS software. Multimed Inc. open<br />
access journals provide free access to the full text of articles and permit self-archiving by authors.<br />
They do not charge authors or authors’ institutions for article submission, processing, or<br />
publication from the authors or authors' institution. The services offered, which can be tailored to<br />
suit the needs of individual journals, are as follows:<br />
• Journal website creation and management<br />
• Online manuscript submission and peer-review systems<br />
• Advertisement management<br />
16
• Installation and management of Open Journal Systems on Simon Fraser University’s<br />
servers<br />
• Training and support to editors, reviewers and authors<br />
• Deposit data to databases such as Pubmed and CrossRef<br />
• Access to our expert copyeditors, typesetters and proofreaders who specialize in the<br />
medical field<br />
• Design, printing and distribution of print journals<br />
• Secretariat functions for the society<br />
Case Study: Resilience Alliance<br />
www.resalliance.org<br />
The Resilience Alliance is a research organization comprised of scientists and practitioners from<br />
many disciplines who collaborate to explore the dynamics of social-ecological systems. The<br />
body of knowledge developed by the RA, encompasses key concepts of resilience, adaptability<br />
and transformability and provides a foundation for sustainable development policy and practice.<br />
Resilience Alliance currently publishes 2 open access journals in the field of ecology.<br />
The organization has recently launched journal development and journal management and<br />
maintenance services for academic societies, government agencies and other interested parties<br />
wanting to launch an open access journal or revitalize an existing journal. Using the OJS<br />
software, Resilience Alliance will help to establish a new peer-review journal or transform an<br />
existing journal to an online open access format. Each service agreement is unique, but service<br />
offerings include:<br />
• Journal user interface design<br />
• Guidance in the development of editorial processes and policies<br />
• Hardware and software configuration and training<br />
• Arranging journal abstracting and registration with libraries<br />
• Hardware and software maintenance<br />
• Managing peer review workflow<br />
• Managing copy editing and publication<br />
• Conversion of published HTML articles to print style <strong>PDF</strong> format<br />
IV. University Presses<br />
A university press is an academic, non-profit publishing house usually affiliated with a research<br />
university. Like all publishers, university presses are feeling the effects of changes to scholarly<br />
communication. A recent report published by the Scholarly Publishing and Academic Resources<br />
Coalition (SPARC) talks about the pressures exerted on university presses in the digital<br />
environment. “As they have struggled in a difficult market, university presses have been<br />
17
criticized for failing to exploit the benefits of online publishing models. Yet such criticism often<br />
ignores the constraints under which the presses operate, including a financial model that typically<br />
requires them to recover almost 90% of their costs, and—more significantly—the expectations of<br />
their host institutions, indeed of the entire academy, that they continue to fulfill their traditional<br />
roles as publishers of original scholarly monographs.” 13 In addition, “university presses have<br />
become less integrated with the core activities and missions of their home campuses over the<br />
years — a drift that threatens to widen as information technology transforms the landscape of<br />
scholarly publishing.” 14 Without strong institutional support, it has been difficult for presses to<br />
adapt to changing circumstances.<br />
Despite these challenges, a recent survey by the Association of American University Presses<br />
found that many of their members are moving towards e-book publishing and marketing their<br />
content through digital content vendors and aggregators. The survey also found that some presses<br />
are also experimenting with open access by making some of their digital monographs available<br />
free of charge. Below are a number of case studies describing new approaches being undertaken<br />
Canadian university presses in order to adapt to the changing publishing environment:<br />
Case Study: Athabasca University Press<br />
www.aupress.ca<br />
Athabasca University Press (AU Press) is the centre of scholarly publishing expertise at<br />
Athabasca University. It was launched in 2006 and is the first scholarly press to be established by<br />
a Canadian university in the twenty-first century. It publishes from 10-20 monographs per year<br />
and also 7 academic journals. The Press has an active, interdisciplinary editorial board that<br />
ensures that it publishes only high quality manuscripts and its books won 4 awards in its first year<br />
of production.<br />
Athabasca University is dedicated to the removal of all barriers to knowledge. As such, the AU<br />
Press is committed to the dissemination of knowledge and research through open access and the<br />
digital environment. The Press is completely open access. All of its digital publications are<br />
available for free over the Internet and, wherever possible, its publications are licensed with<br />
Creative Commons licences.<br />
AU Press receives funding from Athabasca University, government grants, and it actively pursues<br />
co-publishing agreements with other universities. It also receives revenue from the licensing of ebooks<br />
to content aggregators, as well as sales of print editions Although difficult to assess, staff<br />
do not believe that free online access to the monographs have had a negative impacted print sales<br />
13 Crow, pg.1<br />
14 Brown, pg. 4<br />
18
of the book, but rather have increased sales in some cases.<br />
The Press is primarily focused on producing digital publications. However, it has a cooperative<br />
agreement with the UBC Press to undertake the printing of monographs for larger print runs, and<br />
contracts out with a company for more modest print runs. They are currently assessing the<br />
feasibility of incorporating a print on demand option.<br />
Each book published by the AU Press has its own web presence. The web pages include a <strong>PDF</strong><br />
copy of the entire book, as well as <strong>PDF</strong> copies of each of the chapters individually. The web site<br />
also contains supplementary material, which may include an introductory video produced by the<br />
Press, book reviews, and other related material pasted by the author. A print copy of the book can<br />
also be ordered through the book’s web presence.<br />
AU Press will also publish websites under its imprint that have scholarly parameters and<br />
standards (e.g. primary sources in labour studies, Métis and gender studies, the environment,<br />
etc.). Each website published by AU Press will be research content-based and subjected to an<br />
initial editorial peer-review assessment and periodic reviews. They have currently published two<br />
of these: The Canadian Theatre Encyclopedia and Aurora: Interview with Leading Thinkers and<br />
Writers.<br />
The AU Press is investigating the use of new technologies that can enhance book publishing.<br />
They are working with the Public Knowledge Project to develop the new Open Monograph Press<br />
(OMP) electronic publishing platform. Like Open Journal System, OMP will provide an online<br />
workspace for publishing monographs, edited volumes and scholarly editions. Proposed features<br />
include an incubation site where authors can blog ideas; online composition tools to create text<br />
and related resources; and an interactive publication site that will support reader comment and<br />
other input.<br />
Case Study: University of Calgary Press<br />
www.ucalgary.ca/UP/<br />
The University of Calgary is actively involved in reviewing traditional publishing, digital<br />
publishing, scholarly communication and open access issues. The University of Calgary Press<br />
currently publishes 15-25 books a year and provides their imprint to 10 scholarly journals.<br />
It is uniquely positioned under the umbrella of the University Libraries & Cultural Resources<br />
division (LCR). In early February, a major reorganization of the Libraries & Cultural Resources<br />
Division resulted in the Press now forming part of a new Centre for Scholarly Communication<br />
within the LRC. The Press has been actively involved in this restructuring and is very pleased<br />
with the potential it offers.<br />
19
Funding for the Press comes from block and project grants through Canadian Heritage and the<br />
Alberta Government. The Press actively seeks additional support from foundations and faculties.<br />
They also receive revenue from sales of the books and support through the parent organization,<br />
Libraries & Cultural Resources. Modest revenues to cover management fees come from the<br />
journals.<br />
With a new vision of ‘Making a difference. Making you think’, the Press is undergoing a<br />
transformation from a traditional print-only operation to a multi-option publishing house that will<br />
include e-Books, e-journals, print-on-demand and open access materials.<br />
The close relationship between the Press and the library has supported and driven these changes.<br />
The library has helped with understanding user expectations, as well as how to be more visible to<br />
their clients.<br />
The transformation of the Press is expected to take from 2 to 3 years. As part of this transition,<br />
the Press will focus their book publishing activities on six or eight areas of specialty rather than<br />
publishing in many subject areas. They will be actively fundraising, seeking outside and<br />
unconventional funding for these areas.<br />
The Press is developing electronic databases of scholars in North America who publish or have<br />
an interest in these subject areas and market directly to them for sales and course adoptions. In<br />
addition, they are undertaking the following initiatives:<br />
• In-depth review of all operations from peer-review and acquisitions to distribution,<br />
fulfilment and marketing. They have been doing some initial testing with the Open<br />
Journal Software to assess whether this online journal production software can help to<br />
lower production costs and streamline pre-production processes.<br />
• Print on demand: The Press will continue to print books, but will move towards a printon-demand<br />
model with shipment directly to the client. The quality of print-on-demand is<br />
increasing and they and see it as a solution for meeting the needs of the readers, while<br />
also cutting down on storage and distribution costs.<br />
• Open access: The Press will be contacting its current and backlist authors to obtain<br />
permission for converting their files to open access. Going forward, authors will be asked<br />
to sign a Creative Commons agreement and to give permission for open access to their<br />
books.<br />
• E-books: The Press will provide free access to pdf versions of monographs on their<br />
website, but intends to sell the e-Book versions with some value-added components. The<br />
e-Books will be released at the same time as the print version and will be sold for the<br />
same price as the print version (softcover only – the Press doesn’t normally print<br />
hardcovers).<br />
20
• E-journals: University of Calgary is a partner in the Synergies project and the Press is<br />
encouraging relevant journals to participate. The Press is currently advising its journals to<br />
covert to online formats by the end of the current contract year (three years). They are<br />
using the Open Journal Software for publishing their journals and are looking at how to<br />
adapt this to their monograph publishing, possibly using the Open Monograph Press<br />
software now being beta tested by Athabasca University Press.<br />
• Author agreements: The Press received a Flying Squad publishing consultation grant<br />
from Canada Council to review their author agreements with the above arrangements in<br />
mind. They are revising their author contract and are happy to share it with interested<br />
publishing colleagues.<br />
Case Study: University of Toronto Press<br />
www.utppublishing.com<br />
The University of Toronto Press was founded in 1901 and is Canada's oldest and largest scholarly<br />
press and is one of the largest university presses in North America. They publish approximately<br />
150 new scholarly, reference, and general-interest books and maintain a backlist of over 1800<br />
titles in print; as well as publish over 30 scholarly journals. In 2008 they acquired the Social<br />
Science & History lists from Broadview Press and have established a new division which focuses<br />
on publishing textbooks.<br />
The Press is a global publisher drawing authors from both Canada and the International academic<br />
communities. The market for their monographs reaches well beyond Canada, with about 45% of<br />
sales going to the US market. Books are sold into libraries, the trade market and for use on course<br />
with sales fairly evenly split between the three major sectors.<br />
In 2008, UTP digitized over 1300 of their backlist titles for release though library e-bok<br />
aggregators, such as the Canadian Electronic Library. Books in this initial collection were<br />
published prior to 2006. UTP continues to add to their collection and has included the majority of<br />
titles published up until 2009. While the uptake in Canada through the CRKN process was<br />
significant, sales into the broader market have been modest. The bulk of revenue continues to<br />
come from print sales. A recent survey they conducted across North America confirmed that<br />
monographs are in the midst of a transition period where the demand is still high for print books<br />
but interest in growing for electronic books.<br />
Late in 2009, the Press made their first foray into digitizing some of their backlist in order to<br />
make selected titles available in e-book format (xml) for sale to consumers through the ebook<br />
retailers (e.g. Sony, KOBO, Amazon, Apple (later this year). As with the previous<br />
digitization/conversion project, the work was contracted out to an offshore vendor. The<br />
21
experience dealing with the epub/xml files was significantly different and far more challenging<br />
when compared to the conversion to web-enabled pdf files. The quality control/proofing process<br />
was unexpected and very labour intensive. Several rounds of checking were required before the<br />
files were finalized. The complex nature of the Press’s publications (i.e. references, footnotes,<br />
tables and other types of figures, etc) make the process of conversion to xml quite difficult. The<br />
UTP Press is in the process of developing and transitioning to a xml editorial workflow which<br />
will reduce the impact of the conversion.<br />
The Press has been using two vendors to do short run digital printing which ensures that books no<br />
longer need to go “out of print”. They are considering alternative POD vendors, such as<br />
Lightning Source, particularly for off-shore markets.<br />
The UTPress’ books are available through a number of discovery services, such as Amazon and<br />
Google Book Search. <strong>PDF</strong> files of all new releases are sent to Amazon and Google Books on a<br />
monthly basis to enable online browsing through the ‘Search inside the Book’ programs. These<br />
services have significantly raised the visibility of their monographs. For example, figures for the<br />
last week of February 2010 show that the UT Press books have received 30,844 visits of 1853<br />
unique titles, with 404,000 pages viewed. 454 books received ‘Buy the Book’ clicks sending the<br />
user to a online retailer (although these do not always translate into a sale – stats indicate<br />
approximately 1.5% of the 454 “clicks” to an online retailer actually purchased a book).<br />
In terms of journals, the Press publishes 32 scholarly journals mainly in the social sciences and<br />
humanities. 19 these journals are available in digital format (in addition to the print editions). The<br />
online journals are available through MetaPress, an e-content management system for scholarly<br />
publishing. Each journal is indexed at the article level and can be searched through a single<br />
access point. They also distribute their journals through a number of article aggregator services<br />
including MUSE, JSTOR and EBSCO.<br />
All UT Press journals are available through subscriptions, though subscription prices are lower<br />
than many other scholarly journals. Some of the journals are receiving SSHRC grants, but these<br />
grants do not cover the full costs of publishing. In the last several years, the Press has seen<br />
subscriptions for journals decrease, but this has been offset by an increase in royalties from<br />
aggregators. This represents a preference by users (mainly libraries) towards accessing content<br />
via the electronic aggregators.<br />
The Press is also involved with the University of Toronto Library and scholars in a project called<br />
“Lexicons of Early Modern English” which is described in more detail in the Digital Humanities<br />
section of this report. Lexicons of Early Modern English (LEME) is a historical database of<br />
monolingual, bilingual, and polyglot dictionaries, lexical encyclopedias, hard-word glossaries,<br />
spelling lists, and lexically-valuable treatises surviving in print or manuscript. The database<br />
22
enables scholars to undertake original research into the entire lexical content of Early Modern<br />
English. The Project is run by scholars, and co-published by the University of Toronto Press Inc.<br />
and the University of Toronto Library. The University of Toronto Libraries provides technical<br />
support for the project and hosts both the public and licensed database. The University of Toronto<br />
Press provides the sales, marketing and access control for the licensed product.<br />
One of the challenges for the Press has is keeping up with the rapidly changing technologies for<br />
both journals and book production. Choosing and implementing the appropriate technical<br />
platforms for publishing and providing access to content involves significant investments in both<br />
staff time and money. Yet, these choices are hard to make because technologies are changing so<br />
rapidly, the market for print products continues to dominate and it is difficult to predict their<br />
future direction. That being said, UTP is well underway in changing to meet the new digital<br />
reality.<br />
V. Digitization and Print on Demand Services<br />
Both libraries and publishers are looking at print on demand (PoD) services for monographs and<br />
other types of material. PoD enables books to be printed one at a time. “The book, including the<br />
cover, is set up as a digital file. When an order comes through, the right file is selected by the<br />
computer, which then gives the instruction to the print on demand machine to produce it.” 15<br />
Publishers view print on demand as a cost-effective way of keeping their backlist going. For<br />
books ‘in print’, PoD saves money on storage and warehousing costs and no funds get tied up in<br />
stock, “allowing books to be published with very much less initial investment and ongoing<br />
cost” 16 . For libraries, print on demand usually means offering out-of-copyright books from its<br />
digitized collection to a wider readership- sometimes for a fee.<br />
Case Study: McMaster University Libraries Digitization Program<br />
http://digitalcommons.mcmaster.ca/mcmastercollection/<br />
The McMaster University Library owns a Kirtas robotic book scanner and has begun a program<br />
to digitize out-of-copyright books in the collection. Collectively dubbed “The McMaster<br />
Collection,” the library has more than 90,000 books available for scanning through its digitize on<br />
demand site, described below. As books are digitized, records for the electronic version will be<br />
added to the library catalogue, integrating them with the full collection of print and electronic<br />
resources available through the library.<br />
The library has established relationships to support re-publication of their digitized collection.<br />
15 Definition taken from the website, Writers Services, http://www.writersservices.com/res/ri_POD.htm<br />
16 Definition taken from the website, Writers Services, http://www.writersservices.com/res/ri_POD.htm<br />
23
Working with Kirtas Technologies, they have established a Digitize on Demand (DOD) site<br />
through Kirtas Books that displays more than 90,000 potential digitization targets from the<br />
McMaster University Library. Fully indexed in Google and searchable from the site itself, the<br />
DOD catalogue allows the library to sell downloadable e-book and print reproductions in both<br />
hard and softcover. Kirtas provides the e-commerce, shipping, and order tracking components,<br />
and the Library contributes its rich collections. This has proven to be a fruitful arrangement, with<br />
20-30 orders per month being placed through this single site. Their agreement with Kirtas also<br />
provides for their content to be distributed to major retailers including Amazon, Barnes & Noble,<br />
Lulu.com, and the Sony eBook Store. Their digitized books will begin to appear in Amazon<br />
shortly, with the other sites to follow.<br />
The library’s digitization services are also complemented by a print on demand service being<br />
offered by the campus bookstore. The bookstore owns an Espresso Book Machine, which prints<br />
digital books quickly and inexpensively from a digital file. So far, the library has collaborated<br />
with the bookstore to produce several themed publications—reproductions of a first-edition copy<br />
of A Christmas Carol in December, books of poetry for Valentine’s Day, and several works by<br />
Charles Darwin in conjunction with a conference held at McMaster on Darwin’s birthday—and<br />
expect this partnership to expand as more finished digital files become available available.<br />
Case Study: University of Toronto Libraries’ Digitization Services<br />
http://discover.library.utoronto.ca/resources-research/special-collections/local-digital-specialcollections<br />
The University of Toronto Libraries' Digitization Services fall into three broad areas:<br />
1) The digitization of local special collections has focused on unique, special materials that are<br />
of interest to the scholarly community. Typical collections are: "Anatomia 1522-1867:<br />
Anatomical Plates from the Thomas Fisher Rare Book Library", "The Barren Lands: J.B.<br />
Tyrrell's Expeditions for the Geological Survey of Canada, 1892-1894", and "Discovery and<br />
Early Development of Insulin, 1920-1925". Work on these collections is often grant funded<br />
and involves the development of a web site specific to the collection that help "tell a story"<br />
about the collection or that provide a navigational dimension that extends beyond the raw<br />
metadata helps to bring the collection to life.<br />
2) The digitization of resources and/or the development of information delivery tools in<br />
conjunction with faculty research projects. Typical initiatives are: "Jackson Bibliography of<br />
Romantic Poetry", "Lexicons of Early Modern English", "University of Toronto English<br />
Library", and "REED (Records of Early English Drama) Patrons and Performances" which is<br />
operated in conjunction with the University of Toronto Press. Typically, these research<br />
project based initiatives are focused on the humanities. This project is described in more<br />
detail in the “New forms of digital scholarship” section.<br />
24
3) The mass digitization of out-of-copyright materials in conjunction with the Internet Archive<br />
digitization facility, which is collocated with the Libraries' Information Technology Services<br />
Department. The IA facility operates 19 Scribe scanning stations that are operated two shifts<br />
per day, five days per week. To date the facility had digitized nearly 250,000 volumes from<br />
the collections of the University of Toronto Libraries and from other institutions. These<br />
digital resources are accessible via the Internet Archive and via the Scholars Portal e-book<br />
platform.<br />
VI. Open Repositories<br />
Open repositories make their contents freely available over the Internet. They are not publishers,<br />
but rather are an infrastructure for providing access to content. Open repositories collect copies of<br />
journal articles published elsewhere (often in subscription-based journals) and make them freely<br />
available over the Internet. Open repositories are possible because the majority of journals (about<br />
70% 17 ) permit authors to archive copies of their articles in a repository, including journals<br />
published by many of the major commercial publishers.<br />
Open repositories may be institution-based or discipline-based. Disciplinary repositories focus on<br />
collecting publications within a specific subject area, while institutional repositories tend to have<br />
broader collection policies and collect publications in a wide variety of disciplines. In addition,<br />
most discipline-based repositories are international in scope, while Institutional repositories are<br />
maintained by libraries are usually mandated to collect the output created at a single institution.<br />
According to the Canadian Association of Research Libraries, over 80% of their academic<br />
members have an institutional repository, and that number is expected to continue growing. 18<br />
Right now, Canadian institutional repositories collect mostly electronic theses and dissertations,<br />
followed by e-prints of published articles.<br />
Case Study: QSpace Repository<br />
https://qspace.library.queensu.ca<br />
The QSpace digital repository at Queens University collects, preserves, and distributes digital<br />
content produced by members of the Queen's community. QSpace content consists of collections<br />
produced by Queen's communities. The collections are managed, preserved and made accessible<br />
by Queen's Library and IT Services through QSpace. Content and access to collections are<br />
determined by Queen's University department or community responsible for the<br />
17 According to the UK-based SHERPA-ROMEO service, a service that monitors publishers so called ‘self-archiving’<br />
policies, about 70% of publishers allow authors to make their articles available through an institutional or disciplinary<br />
repository.<br />
18 From private communications with the Canadian Association of Research Libraries and its members<br />
25
collection. Contributors are encouraged to deposit materials into the repository themselves.<br />
However, assistance with the deposit process is available upon request.<br />
The QSpace repository currently contains over 4000 full text documents. The document types<br />
included in the repository are electronic theses and dissertations, preprints, working papers,<br />
technical reports, conference papers and data sets in various digital formats. Content grows daily<br />
as new communities and collections are added to QSpace.<br />
Case Study: Archimède<br />
http://archimede.bibl.ulaval.ca<br />
Archimède is a digital repository hosted at l’Université Laval Library. The repository collects and<br />
makes available the entire collection of theses and dissertations produced that the University<br />
since 2006. The repository is a collaborative project between the Graduate Studies Department<br />
and the University Library. Archimède currently contains over 3000 dissertations and theses.<br />
The Archimède repository software was developed by the l’Université Laval Library. It is free,<br />
open source software that can be downloaded and used by anyone interested. The software was<br />
developed with a multilingual perspective, with. Using the open source standard (i18n), the text<br />
(or content) of the interface is independent and not embedded in the code. It is then relatively<br />
easy to develop an interface in a specific language without having to work on the code itself.<br />
English, French and Spanish interfaces are already offered in Archimede. That software also<br />
allows the user to switch easily from language to language anywhere and anytime during his<br />
search and retrieval process.<br />
Case Study: PMC Canada<br />
http://pubmedcentralcanada.ca<br />
PubMed Central Canada (PMC Canada) is a full-text, free digital archive of peer-reviewed health<br />
and life sciences research publications. It builds on PubMed Central in the US, which is managed<br />
by the U.S. National Institutes of Health (NIH). PubMed Central Canada receives its entire<br />
journal content, over 1 million articles, directly from the US PMC archive. But, PMC Canada<br />
provides a bilingual search interface and deposit mechanism for Canadian users.<br />
PMC receives the majority of its content through publisher deposit, but it also supports deposit<br />
from authors whose research is funded by the National Institutes of Health and several health<br />
funding agencies in the UK. PMC Canada was developed to enable researchers funded by Canada<br />
Institutes for Health Research (CIHR) to deposit their publications directly into the repository,<br />
supporting the implementation of the CIHR Policy on Access to Research Outputs.<br />
26
VII. Aggregators and Harvesters<br />
Aggregators and harvesters improve the accessibility and visibility of digital publications.<br />
Harvesters aggregate the metadata from digital collections, so that they are searchable from a<br />
single location. Digital aggregators bundle content from different publishers together. They<br />
partner with multiple publishers to supply content (e-books, audio books, other media) and<br />
provide a platform for libraries and end users to search, order, access, and download the content<br />
on the Web. Libraries favor using aggregators and harvesters because they provide access to<br />
content from groups of publishers or repositories, instead having to deal individually with each<br />
organization.<br />
Canadian Electronic Library Publishers Collection<br />
http://www.canadianelectroniclibrary.ca/Cdn_publishers_collection.html<br />
The Canadian Electronic Library Publishers Collection is a collection of over 25,000 Canadian<br />
monographs (of which over 10,000 are current in-copyright titles) from 65 Canadian publishers,<br />
making the service Canada's largest collection of online books for libraries. Among these are all<br />
the major Canadian University Presses. Many of the titles in the collection are from Canada's<br />
leading scholarly publishers, most being offered for the first time in online e-book form. Over<br />
80% of the titles in the Canadian Publishers Collection have never been available in digital form<br />
and most of the titles in the collection are available electronically only through the Canadian<br />
Electronic Library.<br />
Any item in the collection is available to all users simultaneously, and sophisticated search tools<br />
allow for quick location of items of interest. Users may move easily between material on all<br />
media (text, audio, video) and local collections may be integrated with published sources.<br />
The Canadian Publishers Collection is produced by Gibson Library Connections a Canadian<br />
company that aggregates and licenses products to libraries and library consortia across Canada.<br />
The Collection is widely available in Canada because has been purchased by the Canadian<br />
Research Knowledge Network a licensing consortium representing over 70 Canadian universities.<br />
Case Study: Canadian Association of Research Libraries Metadata Harvester<br />
http://carl-abrc-oai.lib.sfu.ca/<br />
The <strong>CARL</strong> Harvester is the search service that aggregates the metadata records from participating<br />
Canadian repositories, allowing users to seamlessly search all of the repositories at once, using<br />
one common point of access. The harvester is hosted at Simon Fraser University Library, was in<br />
March 2004 to enhance the visibility of Canadian repository content. The harvester currently<br />
aggregates metadata from 23 Canadian repositories representing over 140,000 full text documents<br />
housed in the repository.<br />
27
The content is updated daily. Once a day, the harvester makes a request to each of the<br />
participating repositories using the Open Archives Initiative Protocol for Metadata Harvesting<br />
(OAI-PMH), returns all new or updated records, and incorporates them into its database. The<br />
updating is fully automated and the new records are available immediately for searching after<br />
they are retrieved.<br />
VIII. New Forms of Digital Scholarship<br />
New forms of peer-reviewed scholarship are being developed because of new technologies. These<br />
types of projects represent the next stage in scholarly publishing, that enable “scholars to work in<br />
deeply integrated electronic research and publishing environments that will enable real-time<br />
dissemination, collaboration, dynamically-updated content, and usage of new media.” 19<br />
There are a wide variety of projects spanning almost all disciplines that fall into this category and<br />
it is difficult to generalize about them because they are so diverse. However one common<br />
characteristic is that they are often collaborative in nature and are usually developed and<br />
maintained by a community of scholars, with assistance from a university library or technical<br />
services. Below are two case studies which highlight this burgeoning area of scholarly<br />
publication.<br />
Case Study: Lexicon of Early Modern English<br />
http://leme.library.utoronto.ca/<br />
Lexicon of Early Modern English (LEME) is a database of 123 glossaries, bilingual lexicons, and<br />
monolingual dictionaries from the Early Modern English period, 1480-1702. Its alpha version<br />
contains 430,000 word-entries. The database enables scholars to undertake original research into<br />
the entire lexical content of Early Modern English.<br />
The development and maintenance of LEME was supported through grants from the Social<br />
Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada (SSHRC) and from McMaster University's<br />
TAPoR Project (Text Analysis Portal for Research), which received a research infrastructure<br />
grant of the Canada Foundation for Innovation (CFI) and the Ontario Innovation Trust (OIT).<br />
There are two versions of LEME, a public one and a licensed one. The public version of LEME<br />
allows anyone, anywhere, to do simple searches on the multilingual lexical database but lacks<br />
advanced retrieval options. The licensed version of LEME is designed as a full-featured scholarly<br />
resource for original research into the entire lexical content of Early Modern English.<br />
The Project is run by scholars, and co-published by the University of Toronto Press Inc. and the<br />
19 Brown, pg. 4<br />
28
University of Toronto Library. The University of Toronto Libraries provides technical support for<br />
the project and hosts both the public and licensed database. The University of Toronto Press<br />
provides the sales, marketing and access control for the licensed product.<br />
Case Study: Barcode of Life Data Systems<br />
http://www.boldsystems.org<br />
The Barcode of Life Data Systems is a global library of DNA barcodes, which are short genetic<br />
sequences that distinguish species from each other. Barcode of Life Data Systems supports the<br />
organization and analysis of barcode data. The data in this free and public database are being used<br />
by thousands of researchers and practitioners around the world.<br />
The Barcode of Life Data Systems was developed and is maintained by scholars at the University<br />
of Guelph. All these barcoding projects share the goal of building an open-access database of<br />
reference barcodes that will improve our understanding of biodiversity and will allow nontaxonomists<br />
to identify species. As of August 2009, researchers had deposited over 670,000<br />
barcode records from 61,000 species into the international Barcode of Life Database.<br />
Direct funding for the Network currently exceeds $24M. Major sources of support include<br />
Funding from the Canada Foundation for Innovation, Genome Canada through the Ontario<br />
Genomics Institute, Ontario Innovation Trust, NSERC and the Gordon and Betty Moore<br />
Foundation. Additional contributions ($1M) were secured from various federal agencies and<br />
private sector organizations as part of our co--funding strategy.<br />
29
References<br />
Antonius, Daniel and Adam D. Brown. The Development of a Student-Operated Journal.<br />
Observer 20(5), May 2007. [Available at:<br />
www.psychologicalscience.org/observer/getArticle.cfm?id=2170]<br />
Association of American University Presses. Digital Publishing in the AAUP Community Survey<br />
Report: Winter 2009-2010. November 2009. [Available at:<br />
aaupnet.org/resources/reports/0910digitalsurvey.pdf]<br />
Brown, Laura, Rebecca Griffiths, and Matthew Rascoff. University Publishing in a<br />
Digital Age. New York: Ithaka, 2007. [Available at: www.ithaka.org/ithaka-s-<br />
r/strategy/university-publishing]<br />
Corbyn, Zoe. “A threat to scientific communication”. Time Higher Education, August 13, 2009<br />
[Available at: http://www.timeshighereducation.co.uk/story.asp?storycode=407705]<br />
Crow, Raym. Campus-based publishing partnerships: A guide to critical issues. Scholarly<br />
Publishing ad Academic Resources Coalition. January 2009. [Available at:<br />
www.arl.org/sparc/partnering/guide/]<br />
Edgar, B. D. & Willinsky, J. (in press). A survey of the scholarly journals using Open Journal<br />
Systems. Scholarly and Research Communication. [Preprint Available at:<br />
http://pkp.sfu.ca/node/2773]<br />
Haggerty, Kevin. “Case studies in open access publishing. Number Five. Taking the plunge: open<br />
access at the Canadian Journal of Sociology”. Information Research, 13(1), paper 338. [Available<br />
at: http://InformationR.net/ir/13-1/paper338.html]<br />
Hahn, Karla L. Research Library Publishing Services: New Options for University<br />
Publishing. Washington, D.C.: Association of Research Libraries, 2008. [Available at:<br />
www.arl.org/bm~doc/arl-br-258.pdf]<br />
Jordan, Mark. “The <strong>CARL</strong> metadata harvester and search service”. Library High Tech. Vol. 24<br />
No. 2, 2006 pp. 197-210. [Post-print available at: http://ir.lib.sfu.ca/handle/1892/2613]<br />
Kosavic, Andrea. “The York Digital Journals Project: strategies for institutional Open Journal<br />
Systems implementations.” College and Research Libraries: Preprint Articles. Forthcoming July<br />
2010 [Preprint available at:<br />
30
www.ala.org/ala/mgrps/divs/acrl/publications/crljournal/preprints/Kosavic.pdf]<br />
Lorimer, Rowland and John Maxwell. (2007). Canadian Social Science and Humanities Online<br />
Journal Publishing, the Synergies Project, and the Creation and Representation of Knowledge.<br />
Publishing Research Quarterly, 22(4): 175-193. [Available at: http://pkp.sfu.ca/node/2024]<br />
Murray, Sally, James Brophy, John Hoey, Stephen Choi, Dean Giustini, Claire Kendall, James<br />
Maskalyk, Anita Palepu. “Open Medicine is indexed in PubMed” Open Medicine 2010; 1(1):e1.<br />
[Available at: http://www.openmedicine.ca/article/view/341/252]<br />
Owen, Brian and Kevin Stranack, “The Public Knowledge Project and the Simon Fraser<br />
University Library: A Partnership in Open Source and Open Access,” The Serials Librarian 55<br />
(2008): 140-67. [Available at http://eprints.rclis.org/15613/]<br />
Pannekoek, Frits, Walter Hildebrandt, Kathy Killoh and Shubhash Wasti. Being an Open Access<br />
Press - the first two years. Presentation from the International PKP Scholarly Publishing<br />
Conference 2009. Simon Fraser University, Vancouver BC. July 8-10, 2009. [Available at:<br />
http://pkp.sfu.ca/ocs/pkp/index.php/pkp2009/pkp2009/paper/view/138/171]<br />
31
Appendix 1: More examples of journal publishing services at Canadian libraries<br />
University of Alberta Libraries<br />
http://ejournals.library.ualberta.ca/<br />
University of Alberta Libraries currently manages a journal hosting service using the OJS<br />
software. They host both student and faculty journals, both open access and subscription-based<br />
This popular service has spread throughout our scholarly environment largely via word-of-mouth<br />
and includes journals of both longstanding reputation and brand-new publications, as well as<br />
student-run, faculty-supervised journals which serve to enhance undergraduate/graduate research<br />
competencies for dissemination competencies.<br />
The services provided by the library are as follows: Hosting, preservation via the COPPUL<br />
LOCKSS Alliance, upgrades, provide start-up support (usually 3-4 meetings), troubleshooting<br />
routine issues that pertain to the local hosting environment, and they will on occasion liaise with<br />
the Public Knowledge Project on behalf of hosted journals. They do not provide design support<br />
and promote self-directed learning, the use of Public Knowledge Project forums and<br />
documentation, the retention of the services of technical editors, and a sustainable plan for<br />
ongoing knowledge transfer so that the journals are responsible for “passing the torch” for system<br />
knowledge.<br />
The journal hosting services fall within the ‘Information and Financial Services’ portfolio, which<br />
holds responsibility for collections strategy and development. They offer free services for open<br />
access journals and charge a nominal fee for subscription journals. Their business model has<br />
involved fully articulating all elements of support (staff and basic infrastructure) for this service.<br />
We did this so that we may plan for sustainability of the service.<br />
University of British Columbia<br />
http://ojs.library.ubc.ca/<br />
The UBC Library runs a journal hosting service for open access journals. The service provides<br />
access to server space and to the open source OJS software for UBC faculty members who are<br />
editing or supporting Open Access electronic journals as well as recognized UBC student<br />
journals. UBC Library currently hosts 5 open access journals through this program and are<br />
interested in expanding to other journals.<br />
UBC Library is hosting the journals without charge, for now. Faculty interested in having<br />
ejournals hosted by UBC Library sign an agreement outlining the responsibilities and liabilities<br />
for the Library and participating ejournals. The agreement indicates that the Library will offer<br />
server space and the OJS software to store and disseminate the contents of the ejournals. Each of<br />
32
the journal publishers will be provided with administrative control to allow them to set up their<br />
own online area for their respective journals.<br />
In addition, the UBC Library/UBC Press are in the early stages of collaborating on some projects.<br />
To date this includes digitizing UBC Press publication ‘Atlas of British Columbia’ and hosting<br />
ancillary or supplementary materials of UBC press publications in cIRcle, UBC's Information<br />
repository.<br />
University of Guelph Library<br />
http://journal.lib.uoguelph.ca/<br />
The University of Guelph Library currently hosts 8 journals, with 2 more in development, using<br />
the open journal system. The hosting services are part of the broader Scholarly Communication<br />
Program at the library. All journals hosted by the library are open access. The library services are<br />
currently provided to journals for free. The specific services offered by the library are as follows:<br />
• Provide the server and software, namely Open Journal Systems (OJS)<br />
• Provide initial OJS software training to one or more journal representatives<br />
• Provide consultation on journal policies and metadata<br />
• Provide troubleshooting support to resolve questions and problems that arise<br />
• Customize the software to meet the particular requirements of the journal<br />
• Install software upgrades as they become available<br />
• Ensure perpetual access to the journal<br />
• Include the journal in high-profile discovery systems including the National Synergies<br />
platform<br />
• Promote the journal as part of their communications strategy<br />
• Provide usage statistics<br />
McMaster University Libraries<br />
http://digitalcommons.mcmaster.ca/peer_review_list.html<br />
McMaster University Libraries offers a number of services for online peer-review journals using<br />
the DigitalCommons platform. The services are part of the Scholarly Communication Program at<br />
the library. They are provided free of charge and include hosting, training, and technical support.<br />
In addition, the Digital Strategies Librarian works closely with editors upon initial start-up of the<br />
journal to create a look and feel unique, giving each of them a distinct character.<br />
The library currently hosts 10 journals, 4 of which are student-managed publications. The<br />
33
services are available to the McMaster University community and support both subscriptionbased<br />
and open access journals. However, the library encourages journals to consider open access<br />
as an option, where possible. The library is considering requiring editors to sign a memorandum<br />
of understanding with the library to ensure that participant are serious and committed to their<br />
journal projects.<br />
University of New Brunswick Electronic Text Centre<br />
www.lib.unb.ca/Texts/<br />
The Electronic Text Centre at University of New Brunswick Libraries offers a variety of services<br />
in the area of electronic publishing, digital imaging, and humanities computing. The Centre<br />
partners with people and institutions across Canada to promote advanced technologies in<br />
scholarly communication. The Centre is considered a vital part of the Library's commitment to<br />
enriching scholarly communication through advanced technologies and to preserving our digital<br />
heritage. The collaborative projects are based on a shared commitment to open standards for<br />
engaging with content and technologies.<br />
The Text Centre is involved in a diverse number of projects. However, in terms of peer-reviewed<br />
publications, the Centre works with both electronic journals and e-books. It is the regional node<br />
for Synergies and hosts journals participating in the project originating in the Atlantic provinces.<br />
The Centre creates and distributes 16 university journals employing a variety of business models.<br />
They also occasionally publish monographs.<br />
Queens University Library<br />
http://library.queensu.ca/ojs/index.php/index/index<br />
Queen's University Library (QUL) has installed the Open Journals System software for use by<br />
Queen's faculty and staff wishing to publish an online open-access or subscription-based journal.<br />
The library currently hosts 7 journals employing a variety of business models (open access and<br />
subscription based). The major journal in the field of surveillance studies (Surveillance &<br />
Society) has just moved to the QUL site from Germany and will be available soon.<br />
The library services are offered free of charge. Through the program, the library will provide the<br />
server space to host the journal; create the journal using OJS software and help with basic design;<br />
train editors in the use of OJS software; provide ongoing advice and support. The goal of the<br />
program is that eventually journal editors will be self-sufficient and will be able to publish future<br />
issues independently.<br />
34
University of Toronto Libraries<br />
http://jps.library.utoronto.ca/<br />
University of Toronto Libraries runs two publishing programs: Open Journal System and Open<br />
Conference system. The journal program currently hosts 24 titles, 10 of which are student led.<br />
The University of Toronto is the regional lead for the Synergies project and a number of the<br />
journals hosted by the University of Toronto have received support through Synergies to go<br />
online.<br />
The program focuses on hosting and providing advice to publishers. The library makes sure that<br />
the Canadian Social Science journals are added to Scholars Portal. They are also working on OJS<br />
software development. For example, they are trying to improve the ability of OJS to host multiple<br />
journals.<br />
For the student-run journals, the hosting is free of charge. For the other journals, the library<br />
charges a hosting fee of $750.00 per year. For publishers that cannot pay this fee, the library will<br />
consider waiving the fee. In addition the library will waive the fee in cases where it will help<br />
journals shift to an open access model or make the transition from print etc. Most of the journals<br />
and conference proceedings hosted by the library are open access. For the journals that are not,<br />
the library requests a free institutional subscription in exchange for free hosting services.<br />
University of Victoria Library<br />
http://journals.uvic.ca<br />
The University of Victoria offers a Journal Publishing Service using the Open Journal Systems<br />
software. The services are located on the central university server in order for them to be<br />
perceived as university wide services- although the staffing support comes from the library. The<br />
services include hosting, as well as assistance with clients to get the journal up and running. In<br />
the case where editors have little technical experience, library staff will train them to use the<br />
software.<br />
In some instances, hosting is provided for free, in others, where funds are available, a hosting fee<br />
is charged to the journal. All publishing activities, such as copyediting and distribution, must be<br />
funded by the publishers themselves.<br />
The library currently hosts 6 journals. Most of the journals are open access and the library<br />
encourages the editors of the journals it works with to consider the open access option. Because<br />
University of Victoria does not have a university press, the library is considering publishing<br />
monographs once the PKPs open monograph software is available.<br />
35
University of Western Ontario Libraries<br />
http://ir.lib.uwo.ca/peer_review_list.html<br />
At the University of Western Ontario, the library has partnered with different campus units to<br />
create two peer review open access journals. It also provides a site at which a Canadian scholarly<br />
society offers delayed open access to its peer review journal. Several research centres on campus<br />
have adopted the library's publishing services to enable free public access to their academic<br />
publications and conference materials. The library uses the Digital Commons platform to host<br />
and manage the aforementioned scholarly content.<br />
36